The v2 Forum
Would you like to react to this message? Create an account in a few clicks or log in to continue.

Tactic Submission - Season 3

+6
Adam D
ncfc_Tooze
BlueDragon1205
Gregers
sodhat
Fernando
10 posters

Page 1 of 2 1, 2  Next

Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Fernando Wed 23 May 2012, 4:26 pm

Please submit your tactics on this thread.
Tactics are to posted on or before every Sunday midnight. (If they are not posted on time you will automatically lose unless your opponent agrees to let you compete)


Rules Of Posting Weekly Shows
* Max of 5 Matches
* To be Written in Bullet Point Form
* 1 Bullet Point = 1 Line of Writing
* Max of 10 Bullet points per match

Fernando
Fernando
Fernando

Posts : 36461
Join date : 2011-01-26
Age : 33
Location : buckinghamshire

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by sodhat Thu 14 Jun 2012, 2:22 pm

Week 1
TAWA vs RWA

The show opens with Teddy Long’s music and we see Teddy walk down the ramp to the ring, waving to the crowd.

Teddy takes a mic and welcomes everyone to the first TAWA show, and says he knows you’re going to be back. He promises every decision will be made to make the best matches and entertain the fans and he hopes you stick around. He says that we make our first piece of history tonight and that all three titles will be on the line tonight, looking for inaugural champions.

Teddy says he takes personal pride in this federation and he will be hands on tonight to make sure everything goes smoothly. So without further ado he introduces the first match of the night.

Match 1 – Ken Shamrock vs KENTA

Shamrock stomps down to the ring grabs a mic and says he’s all about legitimacy. He’s sick of people looking down on him for what he does and he’s going to prove he is as tough as they come.
KENTA makes his way out, poses for the fans and we are ready to go…

• Shamrock starts very aggressively and pounds KENTA with stiff strikes and takes him to the ground and pounds away.
• KENTA covers up but Shamrock keeps hammering him with shots.
• Finally Shamrock picks KENTA up and goes through a repertoire of moves including a snap suplex, and a running powerslam into the cover for 2.
• He gets KENTA up to his feet but takes too long allowing KENTA to roll him up for a close 2 count.
• Shamrock gets up looking shocked then angry and unleashed a furious assault of shots on KENTA before taking him down with a belly to belly suplex, rolling him over and grabbing his ankle for the ankle lock.
• KENTA taps out but Shamrock won’t relinquish the hold.

After the match Shamrock lets go and rolls out of the ring to get a chair to continue attacking KENTA when Raven’s music hits. Raven says if Shamrock wants to show how legitimate he is, he’ll have to beat Raven in a hardcore match, until then he’s a nobody beating easy prey. Raven smiles as Shamrock mouths “it’s on” from the ring.

Match 2 – Primo and Epico vs The Young Bucks for the TAWA Tag Team Championship

This one is announced as a TAWA Tag Team Championship match and the teams make their way out.

• The Young Bucks take the upper hand early, tagging frequently and showing some nice double team offence on Epico.
• Primo interferes throwing Nick off the top rope while the referee is being distracted by Epico. Primo tags in and they take Nick to their corner and take turns tagging in and beating on him hitting various manoeuvres including a Russian legsweep and a diving headbutt for a two count, followed by more close 2’s.
• Eventually Epico goes to the well too often and misses with a top rope elbow. Nick gets to Matt and he explodes in to the ring taking both E&P down with clotheslines, neckbreakers and dropkicks. Primo is knocked out of the ring by Nick while Epico stumbles to his feet and into double superkicks from Matt and Nick. Matt covers for the 3 and we have new champs!

Teddy Long comes down the ramp with the belts and Nick and Matt celebrate with their belts as the crowd cheers. Primo is remonstrating with the referee on the outside but to no avail.

Match 3 – Mark Henry vs Mike Quackenbush

Mark Henry comes out first to boos from the crowd. He takes a mic and says he doesn’t care what the people think of him, he’s here for one reason only and that’s to continue admitting suckers to his Hall of Pain.
Out comes Quackenbush to a pop and he gets in the ring ready to begin…

• Henry goes to try and grab Quackenbush, but he is too slow and Quackenbush evades him, Henry follows with an attempted clothesline which Quackenbush ducks.
• Quackenbush with strikes to Henry’s back now but they aren’t having much effect, so he kicks to the midsection and goes for a DDT but can’t get Henry down. Henry drives Quackenbush back in to the corner.
• He picks Quackenbush up and body slams him and follows up with a running splash for a 2 count. He slowly and methodically beats Quackenbush for the next minute or so but goes for a corner splash but no one is home. Quakenbush quickly goes up top while Henry is dazed and goes for a crossbody but is caught and takes a world’s strongest slam for a 3.

Backstage we see Mark Henry walking and he bumps in to Evan Bourne. Evan apologises but Henry takes exception and says when he walks people get out of his way. Bourne says it was an accident and Henry says if he wants to avoid future accidents he’ll stay out of his way. You never know who could be next in the Hall of Pain.

Match 4 – Hunico vs Santino Marella vs Evan Bourne for the TAWA Television Title

Bourne is out first to a pop, followed by Hunico to jeers and Santino to the loudest pop of all.

• Hunico rolls out of the ring immediately grinning leaving Bourne and Marella to exchange offence at a quick pace. Santino gets the upper hand with back to back hiptosses and a diving headbutt but Bourne fights back with sharp kicks and a hurricanrana.
• Bourne nails a roundhouse kick and goes to the top rope looking for Air Bourne and hits it. But he is dragged out of the ring by Hunico and beaten down outside.
• Hunico goes in to the ring looking to finish Santino off but is met by the Cobra out of nowhere. Santino falls on to Hunico and gets the three count.

Teddy re-appears with Santino’s new belt and Santino marches around the ring doing his trombone celebration as the crowd pops. Hunico looks furious in the ring as Santino disappears up the ramp.

Teddy sticks around and says the next match is for the biggest prize, the TAWA Championship. He says only the best can compete and win and that he’s sure the next three men all fit the bill.

Match 5 – Chris Jericho vs Mr Anderson vs Chris Benoit for the TAWA Championship

Jericho is out first and after posing in typical fashion turns around with a mic. He says he agrees with Teddy. Only the best can compete and win the title – and that’s what he is, and always has been. The best. Everyone knows it and if he doesn’t come back with the belt tonight he’ll shake the winners hand next week, look him in the eye and say “you’re the best in the world.”

Benoit out next to a nice pop, followed by Anderson to the biggest pop of the evening. He gets in to the ring and does his own ring announcing before getting ready for action.

• The match starts out with Jericho going for Benoit before Anderson grabs Jericho and pounds him into the corner. Anderson works over Benoit and nails a series of slams finishing with an inverted suplex for 2.
• Jericho works back in to the match and hits a missile dropkick on Anderson sending him through the ropes. He then works on Benoit getting a couple of 2 counts before Benoit comes back at Jericho with a lariat and a spinebuster setting up the top rope headbutt which misses.
• Jericho applies the walls on Benoit just as Anderson comes back in and hits a clothesline. He nails Jericho with an enzuigiri and Jericho is down. He turns around, picks up Benoit and nails the mic check for three as Jericho tries in vain to reach.

Teddy Long applauds from ringside takes a mic and announces to the ladies and gentleman of the audience that they have their new champion. He tells Anderson he can truly call himself the best in the world and Jericho snarls from ringside. Teddy hands Anderson the belt to a big pop and Anderson takes to the ropes to celebrate with the fans as we go off the air.

sodhat

Posts : 22236
Join date : 2011-02-28
Age : 35
Location : London

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Guest Fri 15 Jun 2012, 10:35 pm

Week 1
NCWF vs. MWF

Opening of show
Armando Estrada comes out to heat from the fans. Estrada says that wasn’t nice for the new GM of NCWF, and the fans should be nicer to him once they hear his announcements. Estrada announces that at the PPV, the NCWF will crown a World Champion, Middleweight Champion and Women’s Champion. He says that for people to have a shot, they need to impress over the coming weeks. Estrada then leaves to a better reaction.

Match 1
1. Doug Williams comes out to a good pop, Bully Ray comes out to major heat.
2. Doug Williams takes the early advantage, using his technical skill and speed to his advantage.
3. Bully Ray fights back using his power and brawling tactics and really starts to work over Williams.
4. Bully Ray throws Williams around outside of the ring, using the steel steps and table.
5. Bully Ray taunts Williams lying on the floor in the ring, when suddenly Williams rolls up Bully Ray for the three.
6. Bully Ray shouts in frustration as Doug Williams staggers back up the ramp.

Backstage segment
Doug Williams is seen backstage recovering from his match with Bully Ray as Jerry Lynn walks into shot. Lynn says that Williams had an impressive match up just before, but Lynn says that he’s going to show Williams how it’s really done later on in the night. The two men stare each other down before leaving the area.

Match 2
1. Jack Swagger comes out to major heat, Michael Elgin comes out to heat also but not as loud.
2. Jack Swagger attacks Michael Elgin first using his technical skill and strength to keep him grounded.
3. Elgin gets back to his feet and then starts to use his superior power and size to beat down Swagger.
4. Elgin throws Swagger around the ring to rough him up even more, but Swagger is able to remove a turnbuckle cover.
5. As Elgin goes to powerbomb Swagger, Swagger manages to fight out of it, before smashing Elgin face first into the exposed turnbuckle, then rolls him up for the pinfall.
6. Swagger walks back up the ramp looking cockily in the ring as Elgin gets back to his feet looking angry.

In ring segment
Brian Pillman comes to the ring to loud heat. Pillman says that he was expecting a reaction like that from the ungrateful scum that are here. Pillman goes on to say that he is the “loose-cannon” of wrestling and that he will make his impact soon enough, and at that point the fans will realise how much of a danger he really is.

Match 3
1. DDP comes out to a very good pop, Mike Bennet comes out to serious heat.
2. DDP takes the early control of the match, using a more slow paced and technical attack.
3. Bennet comes back with more fast paced offence that weakens DDP.
4. Bennet goes for the Box Office Smash, but DDP counters and goes for the Diamond Cutter, only for Bennet to push him away and then hit a low blow to DDP forcing the referee to stop the match.
5. Bennet trash talks the fallen DDP in the ring before raising his arms and leaving.

Backstage segment
Jack Swagger is seen backstage bragging about his victory over Michael Elgin. Swagger says that as the “All American American” he has really shown his dominance over the NCWF roster. Bret Hart then walks into shot and laughs at Swagger. Hart says from where he was it wasn’t much of a great victory and that if he’s not careful “The All American American” will fall prey to the “Excellence of Execution” from the great nation of Canada. Bret Hart then pushes past Swagger who looks angrily on.

Match 4
1. Bret Hart comes out to a huge pop, Jerry Lynn comes out to a good pop as well.
2. Bret Hart takes the early advantage working over Lynn’s back and legs.
3. Lynn fights back and uses a quicker offence to stun Hart and keep him on the back foot.
4. Hart manages to come back before hitting a series of his signature moves such as the backbreaker and diving forearm to the downed Lynn.
5. Bret Hart locks in the Sharpshooter and after Lynn spends a long amount of time fighting it, he is forced to tap out.
6. Lynn and Hart shake hands after the match and Hart raises Lynn’s arm, before both men leave.

Backstage segment
Bully Ray is backstage throwing around equipment. Bully complains that the decision earlier in the night was a travesty of justice and that he was the best and toughest man in not only that match, but the whole of NCWF. Bully Ray goes to push a backstage crew member, when it’s revealed to be El Mesias. Mesias looks angrily at Bully Ray and says that if it’s a fight Bully wants, it’s a fight he will get. Bully backs down the corridor saying that it’s not going to happen tonight, but Bully will get his payback for this.

Main Event
1. Ric Flair comes out to a loud pop, Seth Rollins comes out to a fairly good pop as well.
2. Flair takes the offensive by attacking Rollins legs and hitting a series of stiff chops to the chest of Rollins.
3. Rollins then takes back the advantage with a swinging enzugiri kick, before speeding up the offence on Flair.
4. Flair counters a high flying move from Rollins and then works on his legs and back even more.
5. Flair goes for a figure four and has it locked in on Rollins who screams out in pain. Suddenly, Michael Elgin and Mike Bennet run down to the ring and start to beat down Ric Flair.
6. Bennet hits the Box Office Smash to Flair, before Elgin then hits a Spinning Powerbomb to Flair. Bennet and Elgin then hold back referees and security guards as Rollins hits God’s Last Gift to Flair.
7. Rollins says that what the fans see in front of them is the new and improved era of professional wrestling, the “Pure Bloods” if you will.
8. The three men raise their arms as the crowd hurl abuse and the show ends.


Guest
Guest


Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Gregers Sat 16 Jun 2012, 11:29 pm

Week 1

nXtreme Season 3 - Codename: Hormone Replacement
vs SCW


The opening video plays and the pyro goes off whilst Josh Matthews introduces us to the beginning of the new season on nXtreme, we are live as always from the Brighton Centre. He says that it is all change this season and it is Codename Hormone Replacement. He is interrupted as Eve Torres struts out to the ring. Eve says that she's in charge now, Alicia Fox then comes out and says not so fast! Alicia says that she has been promoted from assistant to co-GM, Eve says that she wasn't told. Alicia tells her to just suck it up to cheers from the crowd. Eve responds by introducing the reigning Queen of nXtreme Michelle McCool, Michelle enters with Layla to boos from the crowd. LayCool say that they are here to stay and that the title will not be moving, whats more they will support Eve's reign as GM. This brings out Mickie James, Raquel Diaz and Molly Holly who rush the ring to support Alicia. The two GM's argue before Eve states that tonights Main Event will be LayCool and two other divas that she recently signed against Alicia's divas plus a partner of her choice! The crowd pops huge for this announcement!

Going backstage we see Alex Shelley walking with the reigning nXt Factor champion Chris Sabin. Sabin wishes Shelley good luck for the battle royal to determine the new number one contender later. Shelley says the world wants to see the Guns face off one on one and they will give them that. Triple X walk in and laugh at the Guns, each member of Triple X say that they will win the battle royal before we fade out with all 5 men staring each other down.

Match 1 - Cheerleader Melissa vs Gail Kim


  • Melissa enters to a mixed reaction, Kim enters to loud boos
  • The two women put on a great technical match which goes back and forth
  • Melissa gets the advantage with her unique style as Matthews reminds us that Melissa almost won the Queen's title last season
  • Melissa hits the Kudo Driver for a very close 2 count
  • Kim explodes back into the match after a poke to the eye, hitting lefts and rights before a huge neckbreaker
  • Kim misses the Happy Ending allowing Melissa to attempt the Ait Raid Crash, Gail slides down her back and rolls her up
  • Unseen by the ref Kim puts her legs on the ropes....1........2....... KICKOUT!
  • Kim cannot believe it and goes for Eat Defeat, reversed Kondo Clutch!
  • Kim fights it but eventually has to tap
Winner via Submission - Cheerleader Melissa
Post match Melissa celebrates before Kim attacks here from behind grabbing her hair and throwing her to the floor. The assault continues before Mercedes Martinez runs out to the ring and Kim bails to the outside. Mercedes helps Melissa up and the crowd pops as she does so.
Backstage we are in the GM's office where Alicia is seen talking on the phone, she says that she can't wait to announce someone later. She then turns to the camera and says that as the nXtreme World Title is currently vacant there will be two qualifying matches this week to determine who will compete for the right to be crowned the new nXtreme World Champion. The first of these matches is up next.
Match 2 - nXtreme World Championship Qualifier - Sin Cara vs Eddie Guerrero


  • Cara comes out to boos, Eddie to huge cheers.
  • The match is fast paced to start with the two showing off their lucha libra style
  • Cara takes the advantage following a huge plancha and keeps up the fast paced offence
  • However try as he might he just cannot put Guerrero away.
  • Guerrero comes back into the match countering a standing moonsault before hitting the three Amigos as the crowd cheers
  • Eddie feels the heat and goes for the Lasso from El Passo, reversed Sin Cara back up... La Mistica! Guerrero fights it, and reaches the ropes.
  • Cara goes for the moonsault side slam... pushed off the top!
  • Eddie does ths shuffle before going for the Frog Splash.... connects... No! Cara rolls through and grabs the tights...1.....2........3!
Winner via Pinfall - Sin Cara
Post match Eddie complains to the referee before Cara shouts "Miento, hago trampa, robo" at Eddie to boos from the crowd.
Backstage Eve is with LayCool who want to know who their tag team partners are for tonights main event, Eve says that they got here just in time. She is proud to announce that nXtreme has acquired... Candice Michelle and Victoria. All 4 Queens and Eve look extremely happy with this reveal. Michelle then says that keeping her title just got even easier.
Carrying on backstage we see all of the contenders in the battle royal warming up, its next!
Match 3 - nXt Factor Number 1 Contenders Battle Royal - Alex Shelley vs Low Ki vs Christopher Daniels vs Alex Riley vs Elix Skipper vs Monty Brown

  • The nXt Factor Champion Chris Sabin is at ringside on commentary for this match, he puts over how much of an honour it is to be back
  • All 6 men circle each other to start before the match gets started, the action is fast and furious right from the beginning
  • Triple X focus their energy on eliminating Shelley early on but to no avail, meanwhile Monty Brown and Alex Riley try to eliminate each other
  • The first elimination comes as Alex Riley gets tossed over by Shelley as he charged at him.
  • Shelley turns around straight into a huge kick from Low Ki but just hangs on the the ropes. The second elimination sees Monty Brown launch Skipper over the top rope. As Monty Brown celebrates Daniels hits the BME onto Browns back knocking Brown over the top rope
  • The two remaining members of Triple X circle Shelley, before the three go back and forth for over 7 minutes
  • Low Ki gets eliminated as Shelley hits a Sliced Bread No.2 over the ropes causing Low Ki to fall to the floor.
  • Shelley out on the apron goes fist to fist with Daniels, Daniels looks like he has the match won until a mysterious video plays
The video shows a figure running through an empty arena, whilst the words "He's Coming Alive!" flash on the screen. Suddenly the arena goes black and the same figure is in the ring behind Daniels! Its Suicide!!!!!!! Daniels cannot believe it and Suicide throws him over the top rope. The lights go off again and when they come back up Suicide is nowhere to be seen.

  • Daniels cannot believe it, Sabin rolls into the ring and helps his tag team partner to his feat as the crowd cheers.
Winner and new No. 1 contender to the nXt Factor title - Alex Shelley
Post match the Guns celebrate as Triple X try to console Daniels. Daniels is still in shock about what happened. Josh Matthews wonders whether that was Suicide, and if so as Daniels wasn't playing him it must have been Akira Kawabata. Has he been signed to nXtreme?
Backstage JBL is standing with the nXtreme Legends Title slung across his shoulder. He says that tonight he embarks on the road to becoming the first and only man in history to hold both the Legends and the World Championships. Afterall, he is a wrestling God! We then cut to Rey Mysterio who is warming up, Rey says that he will make Mexico proud unlike the only other Mexican to win the nXtreme World Title.
Match 4 - nXtreme World Championship Qualifier - JBL vs Rey Mysterio


  • JBL makes his entrance first limo and all to huge boos before Rey enters to a massive pop
  • Matthews puts over how these two have fought before and the chemistry is obvious right from the off
  • Mysterio uses his speed to avoid JBL early on but soon gets caught
  • JBL uses his power and size advantage to ground Mysterio, locking in bear hugs and hitting his signature spots
  • At the 12 minute mark Mysterio finally gets back into the match, using his speed to avoid JBL once again
  • JBL goes for a Big Boot but mysterio counters into a Mysterio-Rana, 1....2...... Kickout, Dropin' Da Dime connects..1.....2..... Kickout!
  • Rey cannot believe it and goes up top, Cross Body... No! JBL catches him, Last Call. 1...2... Kickout!
  • Mysterio rises slowly, JBL bumps off the ropes and goes for the Clothesline from Hell...
  • Rey ducks and uses his speed to drop JBL onto the ropes, 619 connects! Mysterio goes for the West Coast Pop... JBL Blocks it, JBL Bomb connects! 1..2.....3!
Winner via Pinfall - John "Bradshaw" Layfield
Post match JBL celebrates as Rey recovers. Josh Matthews reminds us that that means that it will be Sin Cara vs John "Bradshaw" Layfield for the vacant World Title. The fans boo JBL intensely.
Going backstage we see Eve giving he team one last pep talk before the main event, she says that they have nothing to worry about and it is basically a handicap match. Meanwhile Alicia's team look less sure, she then whispers to them who she has got on the way to which Molly, Mickie and Raquel look far happier. The main event is up next!
We cut back to ringside and Josh Matthews promotes tonights main event. Suddenly a video starts to play. It shows a woman training before cutting to a fully pink screen. On which reads that the Proper Queen of nXtreme returns next week! The crowd cheers at this as Josh Matthews wonders whether that could mean that a former Queen of nXtreme Champion could be returning, he is cut off by "Not Enough for Me" as LayCool enter leading us into out main event.
Main Event - Michelle McCool/Layla El/Victoria/Candice Michelle vs Mickie James/Raquel Diaz/Molly Holly/???
The heels enter to huge boos and the faces to a large pop before the arena falls silent in anticipation before a female laugh is heard and "Time to Rock and Roll" hits and the Brighton Centre explodes. Trish Stratus walks out and the cheers get even louder!

  • A stunning main event with all 8 divas being showcased. The match goes back and forth for the first 12 minutes with the crowd loving it!
  • Soon after the faces gain control but soon the heel team isolates Raquel.
  • The heels quick tag in and out for a a few minutes before Guerrero manages to fight out of Candice's grip. Mickie explodes into the ring, taking out Candice with before getting grounded by Victoria
  • Victoria hits the Widows Peak... the pin gets broken up by Molly. Molly-Go-Round hits! Layla then spears Molly to the outside and the pair brawl
  • Back in the ring both Victoria and Mickie crawl to their respective corners... the tags are made. The crowd explodes for Michelle vs Trish!
  • Michelle and Trish go at each other for over 5 minutes with both hitting signature moves. Michelle goes for the Faith Breaker...
  • Reversed, Stratusfaction connects! 1...2....Kickout! Michelle manages to tag in Layla who is back up on the apron after hitting Molly with the Layout on the outside to Molly. Layla runs at Trish... Chick Kick! Trish tags in Raquel who goes up top, Frog Splash! 1.....2........3!
Winners via Pinfall - The Team of Mickie James, Molly Holly, Raquel Diaz and Trish Stratus
Post match Raquel and Trish celebrate as all of the other divas recuperate on the outside, Molly and Mickie eventually roll back into the ring and the faces all celebrate together as the crowd cheers before we go off air.

Gregers

Posts : 15025
Join date : 2011-01-28
Age : 33
Location : Brighton, England

https://www.facebook.com/Gregers25

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by BlueDragon1205 Mon 18 Jun 2012, 12:03 am

RWA Week 1

The show opens to the crowd cheering wildly the arena is rocking and music begins to plan as Mr N Smiley steps out onto the ramp, he waves to the crowd, soaking up attention and straightens his suit before stepping to the side as R.D.Evens steps out from the curtain and gives a very over the top bow to the crowd, who aren’t sure what to make of it. Smiley takes a mic and starts to talk to the crowd, he welcomes them to RWA he points out the name 'Real World Athletes' he stresses to the crowd that during his time in WCW he got sick and tired of the real talent getting waisted and that after years of sitting back and being sickened by the state of 'sports entertainment'. He started RWA so that he could showcase the real talent and the 'Athletes' that are in the business, not the characters that big companies decide that the fans want to see. The crowd react well and are excited about the company as Evans seems to eat up every word of the General manager as he introduces that next there will be the very first match of the brand new RWA...

Match 1 - Austin Aries Vs Tajiri

The two men come out to their own music and meet in the centre of the ring, they shake hands and Tajiri bows before the bell rings

The match starts of very evenly as the crowd are stunned by the athleticism.
Aries gets the upper hand early on and dominates for a while
Tajiri manages to swing out of a powerbomb into a frankenstiener and jumps on the opportunity
He beats down on Aries and the crowd turn on him
Tajiri savagely beats on Aries and has him on the floor kicking him in the head
the crowd really get behind Aries and comes back hitting a succession of suplexes
Aries hits the brainbuster and gets the pin

Winner - Austin Aries

Match 2 - Ted Dibiase Vs Zach Ryder

Before the match Zach Ryder comes out to his WWE music, he stands in the ring and explains why he's here, that he was sick and tired of being treated as nothing but a walking gimmick, he takes off his Broski gear and underneath he has wrestling shorts (old school cena style). He takes out an electric razor and proceeds to shave his head, he awaits DiBiase who comes to the ring and the bell rings...

Ted gets the upper hand early as Ryder is too busy shouting to the fans that this is who is now
He stamps away on Ryder and locks in the million dollar dream
Ryder reverses it into an ankle lock and drops into a grapevine
Dibiase is about to tap as Ryder lets go and locks in an arm bar
Ryder continues to swap and change holds and the fans are amazed at the change in him
After a good half hour of pure wrestling, Dibiase finally gives in and taps to a double arm bar

Winner- Zach Ryder

Backstage segment

Jimmy Jacobs and Shinsuke Nakamura are in the backstage area, they're wearing matching leather jackets and Jacobs has a Mohawk, Nakamura is sporting his hair down the side of his face and they seem to be in deep discussion about something...

Match 3 - Cima and TJ Perkins Vs Jimmy Jacobs and Shinsuke Nakamura

Cima and Perkins come out to the ring separately and high five each other in the ring as Jacobs and Nakamura come out together to new entrance music, they ignore the fans and are too busy plotting with each other as the crowd start to boo them and the match begins..

Jacobs and Nakamura take the early advantage as they seem to work very well as a team
Cima and Perkins deferences are apparent as they seem to struggle to know what the other is planning
After a mis timed tag attempt Perkins ends up slapping Cima in the face by mistake
The other team are in hysterics as Cima and Perkins are face to face in the ring
Jacobs hits a dropkick to the back of Cima that knocks Perkins from the ring
Jacobs stands Cima up into a suplex position as Nakamura runs in behind them
They get the pin after a Suplex/Backstabber combo

Winners - Jimmy Jacobs and Shinsuke Nakamura

Mr N Smiley comes to the ring flanked as ever by R.D.Evans.

He tells the fans that up next there will be a very important duo of matches, He explains that there are four men currently active on the RWA roster that he things deserve to be the first ever 'Real World Champion' and he invites them to the ring...

First out is Mike Awesome, he comes to the ring with a steely look in his eye and with his usual foul mood, but the fans seem to love him

Next is Robert Roode who is met with a massive ovation, he soaks up the cheers and stands beside Awesome in the centre of the ring

The next one out of the curtain is Brodus (clay) he is accompanied by Kharma who is linking him, somehow next to Brodus she looks someone effeminate

Finally Wade Barrett comes strolling form the curtain to a mixed reaction, he tags fans hands on his way to the ring and takes his place in the line up

Mr Smiley stands in front of the men and tells them the believes that they all deserve a title shot and that he was tempted to throw them all in a fatal four way but he wanted them all to get a chance of a one on one shot so therefore there would be two matches this week and the winners of those will go on to main event next weeks show and that that match would be for the RWA championship..

Match 4 - Robert Roode vs Brodus w/Kharma

The match starts with Brodus dominating he beats down on Roode as he growls and snarls
Roode tries to mount offence and he manages to push Brodus into a corner
Roode lets fists fly and is starting to rock Brodus, almost forgetting that it's a 'wrestling match'
as Roode swings he spots Kharma on the ramp and he walks over to tell he to get down
With Roode detracted Brodus hits him with a massive chop block and lifts him into a bear hug
Roode is trying to escape with no luck as he eventually stops moving and is declared Knocked out

Winner - Brodus

Match 5 - Wade Barret Vs Mike Awesome

As Brodus leaves the ring to watch the match he has a strange staredown with Barrett and Barrett is clattered from behind by Awesome before the bell rings once more...

awesome takes charge early on due to the prematch attack
he hits some impressive suplexes and slams on Barrett
Barrett begins to fight back into the match and the two are standing on opposite sides of the ring
the two men run at each other and as their about to hit Barrett is taken out by Brodus
Brodus starts to pound on Barrett as awesome tries to make sense of what just happened

Winner by DQ - Wade Barrett

After the match Awesome chases Brodus from the ring and up the ramp as Barrett looks around in disbelief that he just gained a chance at the title by Brodus' own hands....




BlueDragon1205
BlueDragon1205

Posts : 1610
Join date : 2011-01-27
Age : 38

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by ncfc_Tooze Mon 18 Jun 2012, 2:55 pm

MWF vs NCWF
MWF TV- S3 Ep1

Intro
Paul Heyman is standing in the centre of the ring, he welcomes to the new season of MWF. He says that this will be the best season yet for MWF. He says ECW was good when he was in charge of it and he wants to bring some of that feeling here to MWF but that he also wants to keeps the traditions going also. ‘The Revolution will begin again’
We cut to the opening video package


Match 1- Technical Masterclass- Dean Malenko vs Lance Storm
• This Match is a flash back to the british style of wrestling, with holds and counter holds
• Malenko the Legs of Storm with lots of stiff kicks
• Malenko Locks in the Texas Cloverleaf, but Storm gets to the ropes
• Storm comes back into the match with some stiff uppercuts that takes Malenko into the corner
• Storm now begins to work on the legs of Malenko
• Storm locks in the Canadian Mapleleaf
• As it looks like Malenko is going to tap the lights in the arena go out
• When they eventually come on, Vampiro is in the ring who hits a vicious Nail in the Coffin on both men
Result- No Contest

Post Match
Vampiro says that he has finally after 2 seasons come to MWF and he will be a force to reckoned with, he wants the Freeweight title and challenges anyone in the back to a match for it next week. Before he can say anymore Paul Heyman arrives on stage and says that Vampiro cant go around challenging anyone and he has the ideal opponent for him but he will have to wait until next week to find out who it is.

Backstage
Allison Danger is shown in the womens locker room bragging about how she is still the Womens champion. Britani Knight walks in and says not for much longer will Danger be champion as she has been granted a title match and that match is next. Danger Stares at Knight before Lunging for her. Both Women Brawl there way down to the ring


Match 2- MWF Womens Championship Match- Britani Knight vs Allison Danger ©
• The Match is a hard hitting bruising encounter, which is even throughout.
• Danger trys to Cower outside the ring but Knight hits a Plancha to the outside and both women begin to brawl around the outside of the ring.
• Knight smashes Danger’s head into the Ring steps and sends her back into the ring.
• Knight takes advantage and hits The Code Red, but Danger is Somehow able to get her foot on the rope to break the count.
• Knight Argues with the ref, as she is Danger is on her feet, as Knight turns round she hits a Lariet.
• Instead of going for the pin she picks Knight up and hits Old School Expulsion for the 3 count.
Winner and Still MWF Womens Champion- Allison Danger

Backstage
Rhino is seen talking with Paul Heyman, they shake hands and Heyman wishes Rhino luck with his Freeweight title match next week. This brings out Steve Corino storming round the corner whos says why does Rhino get the shot when he is the Former Freeweight Champion and only isn’t at present because Dean Ayass didn’t get him last season and stripped him of the title. Heyman says ok, the two men will face off in an Extreme Rules match with the winner facing Vampiro next week, the Match is next. Both men stare each other as security get between them.


Match 3- Extreme Rules Match winner faces Vampiro next week- Steve Corino vs Rhino
• The match goes straight to the outside of the ring and they brawl around the ringside area and through the crowd
• They come back into the ring and Corino begins using his strong style to his advantage
• Corino hits an Old School Expulsion to gain a 2 count
• Rhino rolls to the outside and Corino follows him, only to be hit with a Singapore cane shot
• Rhino throws Corino back into the ring after some more ringside brawling, followed by some chairs and a ringside barricade. He sets up the chairs 2 either side with the Barricade on top.
• Rhino slams Corino onto the Barricade and then climbs the turnbuckles.
• Before he can come off with a splash, Corino is up and throws Rhino onto the Barricade
• The Barricade is Broken, Corino picks up one of the bars and chokes Rhino with it.
• Corino Keeps choking and The ref calls for the bell as Rhino becomes unconscious.
Winner- Steve Corino

Match 4- CM Punk vs Nigel McGuinness
• This is a hard hitting, technical affair
• Mcguinness takes advantage when he breaks out the use of uppercuts and lariets
• Mcguinness hits the Kellett Lariet for a 2 count
• Mcguinness now locks in a surfboard style manouvere, Punk refuses to tap
• Punk gets back into the match using some swift kicks
• Punk hits the GTS, Gaining only a two count
• Both men exchange hard blows in the centre of the ring
• Mcuinnness is sent back into the turnbuckles by Punk, Punk Places Mcguinness on the top rope and attempts to go for The Pepsi Plunge, But Mcguinness pushes him off.
• Mcguinness jumps down and picks Punk up from the mat and Hits a Tower of London gaining the 3 count.
• Both men shake hands at the end of the match
Winner-Nigel Mcguinness

Pre match
We Cut Backstage and we have a 3 way split screen showing the 3 locker rooms, Tony Schiavone states how focused each man looks, he also says how Styles’ big match experience should help him, but that PAC and Haskins can’t be ruled out.

Main Event- 3 Way Dance for the MWF X Division Championship Match- PAC vs AJ Styles vs Mark Haskins
*The 3 men all hook up in the centre of the ring and they fall to the floor
* PAC is back up first and gets and the ring only to fly back out hitting a big Springboard Moonsault Taking both Haskins and Styles down.
*PAC throws Haskins back into the ring and both men exchange several shots, before PAC hits a roundhouse kick taking Haskins down.
* PAC goes up top and Hits a 720 splash on Haskins to gain the first fall of the match eliminating Haskins
* As PAC is celebrating the fall Styles is in the ring and hits a Pele Kick which gains a 2 count.
* Styles keeps up the attack not letting PAC fly around the ring
* As Styles goes for the Styles Clash PAC hits a headbutt to the stomach sending Styles to the mat.
* PAC Climbs the ropes again and goes for another 720, but Styles moves
* Styles picks PAC from the mat and hits a Styles Clash which gains him the winning fall
Winner and New X Division Champion- AJ Styles

Post Match
Styles Celebrates in the centre of the ring as streamers fall and PAC looks on from the ramp to close the show

ncfc_Tooze
Global Moderator
Global Moderator

Posts : 9235
Join date : 2011-01-25
Age : 33
Location : North Walsham,Norfolk

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Adam D Mon 18 Jun 2012, 6:48 pm

Can I just check who I am voting on?

The reason I ask is that only one of the match ups was posted on time (I guess we let the 3 minutes slip Whistle ) and the other one was very late.

So who do we vote on?

Adam D
Founder
Founder

Posts : 23684
Join date : 2011-01-24
Age : 51
Location : Parts Unknown

http://www.v2journal.com

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Marky Mon 18 Jun 2012, 6:51 pm

It's on the homepage Adam OK

Marky

Posts : 29904
Join date : 2011-01-26
Age : 38
Location : Crawley, West Sussex

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Adam D Mon 18 Jun 2012, 6:56 pm

So just to confirm, we are voting on the two match ups with opponents but the ones who are late get an extra injury?

Adam D
Founder
Founder

Posts : 23684
Join date : 2011-01-24
Age : 51
Location : Parts Unknown

http://www.v2journal.com

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Nay Thu 21 Jun 2012, 9:11 pm

Tactic Submission - Season 3  3559488474 Week 2 Tactic Submission - Season 3  3559488474





Week 2
NCWF vs. The Amatuerish Wrestling Association

Opening of show
The crowd pop for the opening of NCWF but quickly descend into boos as the “Pure Bloods” walk down to the ring. Rollins begins by saying that the fans should be a little more respectful of them from now on, seeing as they are the top dogs now. Rollins says that every great group needs a good manager to oversee their progress and the fans then give more heat as Prince Nana comes down to the ring. Nana says that he will take this group all the way to wrestling greatness. Suddenly there is a huge pop as Ric Flair walks out to the ring, bandaged up. Flair says that he is tired of seeing this group trying to strangle this federation and he will put a stop to it. Flair issues a challenge to Rollins for a rematch. Rollins says he would like to, but he unfortunately tweaked his knee last week and is not here for competition. Bennet then comes forward and says that himself and Elgin would take down Flair tonight though, and tells him to go to the back and find someone dumb enough to try and help him.

Match 1
Tamina Snuka vs. Hama
1. Tamina Snuka comes out first to a good pop, Hamada comes out to heat.
2. Tamina takes the early offence with a more fast paced offence, hitting a few high risk moves also.
3. Hamada fights back with a more technical and power based offence.
4. Tamina gets back into the match and both wrestlers continue to trade shots.
5. Hamada gains the upper hand to go for a powerbomb, only for Tamina to roll down the back and roll her up for the pin.
6. GM Estrada comes to the ring and congratulates both women on their performance and expects the same at the PPV when they face each other for the Women’s Title.

Backstage segment
Bully Ray is seen backstage talking to an interviewer. Bully Ray says that last weeks match was a fluke and this week he is going to seriously hurt somebody and unfortunately for Lynn, he’s meeting an angry Bully.

Match 2
El Mesias vs. DDP
1. DDP comes to the ring first to a big pop, El Mesias then comes to the ring to a good pop as well.
2. Mesias takes the early advantage, using his strength to overpower DDP and dictate the match.
3. DDP fights back and uses a more technical move set to keep Mesias on the back foot.
4. DDP seems distracted and this allows Mesias to gain the upper hand once again.
5. DDP counters a running move from Mesias into a powerslam and is about to hit the Diamond Cutter, but once again seems pre-occupied. This allows Mesias to hit the Straight to Hell and get the pinfall.
6. After the match El Mesias glares into the camera and leaves, before DDP gets up looking angry.

Backstage segment
El Mesias is shown backstage in a darkened room. El Mesias says that anything that Bully Ray can do, he can do one better as he is more powerful, more dangerous and more evil than Bully Ray, and he will show this when Bully Ray has the guts to fight him man to man.

Match 3
Jerry Lynn vs. Bully Ray
1. Bully Ray comes out first to loud heat, whereas Jerry Lynn comes out to a fair pop.
2. Bully takes control in the beginning of the match with his brawling tactics.
3. Lynn gets back into the match and speeds up the match to keep Bully off balance.
4. Bully again overpowers Lynn to keep fully gain control of the match once again.
5. Bully taunts Lynn and waits for him to get back to his feet, before going for El Mesias’ own Sharpshooter submission hold, when suddenly Lynn rolls up Bully for the three count.
6. An insenced Bully assaults Lynn after the match and keeps on the onslaught when suddenly El Mesias runs down to the ring and Bully leaves the ring, still taunting El Mesias.

In ring segment
Brian Pillman comes to the ring to major heat from the fans. Pillman says that the fans are an ungrateful bunch of hypocrites as all he wants to do is make the product better that he has created. Pillman says he’s already pinpointed his target and soon he will make an impact on NCWF like no-one has seen before.

Match 4
1. Jack Swagger comes out first to massive heat, while Doug Williams comes out to a good pop.
2. Swagger takes the early offensive, using his power advantage to his gain.
3. Williams comes back into the match with power at first, then using a technical and fast paced offence.
4. Williams and Swagger trade blows until both men are both looking the worse for wear.
5. Williams takes advantage though and goes for the Chaos Theory suplex, but Swagger manages to hit a low blow unbeknownst to the referee, before hitting the Gutwrench powerbomb to get the pinfall.
6. Swagger celebrates loudly after the victory as Williams looks on in disgust.

Backstage segment
Ric Flair is shown backstage looking for a partner for his main event match. As Flair is looking a voice suddenly comes from off camera asking if Flair needs some help. Flair grins as he walks towards the voice and the camera fades.

Main Event
1. Michael Elgin and Mike Bennet come out first to huge heat from the crowd, they’re closely followed by Seth Rollins and Prince Nana.
2. Ric Flair then comes out to a huge pop and walks down to the ring. Bret Hart then comes out to a huge pop, but he’s suddenly attacked from behind by Jack Swagger, who incapacitates Hart before the backstage staff intervene.
3. Ric Flair then begins the match on his own and manages to take the offensive over Mike Bennet, using his brawling and technical mix.
4. Bennet manages to get back into the match and speeds up the offensive to tire down Flair, before tagging in Elgin.
5. Elgin completely overpowers Flair and then goes to work on assaulting Flair’s bandaged back and ribs.
6. Flair manages to counter a running attack from Elgin and then works on keeping the big man grounded, but he is already showing signs of wear.
7. Bennet makes the blind tag and hits the Box Office Smash, before allowing Elgin to hit the Spinning Powerbomb to Flair, then Bennet goes for the cover and gets the pinfall.
8. Rollins and Prince Nana then roll into the ring and look ready to attack when the crowd pop as DDP comes sprinting down to the ring with a chair in hand, as the Pure Bloods exit the ring.
9. The show closes with DDP checking on Flair and motioning to the Pure Bloods, who look evilly back at him.

Nay

Posts : 4582
Join date : 2011-01-28
Age : 42
Location : Scotland

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Guest Fri 22 Jun 2012, 1:23 pm

Week 1
SCW Update!

The show opened to The Rock coming out to boo's as a recap of last season's finale airs. He talks of how he delivered upon his promise to electrify SCW, and whilst he doesn't have designs on being GM and Champion, he is proud to announce himself as World Champion in his last act as GM. The crowd boo and The Rock introduces the GM of SCW, John Laurinaitis!

Big Johnny then announces a main event for the evening, The Rock vs. former SCW, Sheamus.

Match 1 - MVP defeated Ryo Saito with the playmaker, revealing afterwards that he has eyes on the global title.

Match 2 - Tomasso Ciampa defeated Caprice Coleman

Backstage - MVP bumps into Drew McIntyre, they spar verbally about the global title and are set to come to blows, when Eddie Edwards interrupts and says that if anyone is going to win it, it'll be him. They all disperse and Ciampa is shown watching on from the background.

John Laurinaitis unveils the King of the Extreme Title - He says that at the first PPV, a champion will be crowned in a fatal fourway extreme rules match betweem Sabu, Sandman, Necro Butcher and Scott Hall.

Match 3 - Necro Butcher defeated Scott Hall with a Necro Bomb, post match, he sets up a table and is set to put Hall through it, when Sandman's music hits and he makes his trademark entrance, blasting Butcher with a Kendo stick. He celebrates, but is blindsided by Sabu, who hits an Arabian Facebuster to Sandman and stands tall as the 3 other men lay around him.

Backstage - Richie Steamboat is seen prepping for his match, when his father Ricky enters. Richie is unimpressed that his father has been signed to the same company and says he wants his father nowhere near his match tonight.

Match 4 - Richie Steamboat defeated Brad Slayer via pinfall. During the match, Ricky Steamboat came to ringside to watch and nearly cost his son the match. Afterwards, Richie yells at his father to get out of SCW.

Backstage - The Rock is shown with John Laurinaitis when Sheamus comes in looking confused as to why Johnny has been blanking him. Johnny says he only aligns with winners, Sheamus isn't one. The Rock laughs at Sheamus and says he'll see him in the ring. The Rock and Laurinaitis leave Sheamus looking furious.

Main Event - Sheamus is out first and The Rock's music hits. He approaches the ring but then grabs a microphone. He says that unfortunately, he's decided to have the night off but Laurinaitis has a new opponent, who is right behind Sheamus...

Sheamus turns into an RKO and Randy Orton makes the pin.

The show ends with The Rock, Orton and Big Johnny smiling at the fallen Sheamus.

Guest
Guest


Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by sodhat Sat 23 Jun 2012, 9:37 pm

Week 2

NCWF vs TAWA

The show comes on air and we see a recap of the champions crowned last week as Joey Styles welcomes everyone to the show and hypes what’s to come, just as Break the Walls hits.

Jericho comes out to boos from the crowd and he isn’t dressed to wrestle. He says he was cheated last week, that the title should be his and Anderson will always be a paper champion, in his shadow as the best in the world.

Just as Jericho finishes, Anderson’s music hits and he comes out to a huge pop with the title belt. He gets in Jericho’s face and introduces himself as the TAWA champion. He tells Jericho he recalls exactly what he said last week – and he believes he is owed a compliment.

Jericho scoffs and tells him Anderson doesn’t deserve that belt, or to be in the ring, nor building with someone like him. Anderson asks Jericho is he will follow through with his word or not, if he is actually the best in the world at wrestling, or just at being a bitch.

Jericho goes to hit Anderson but Anderson is ready and they tangle. Jericho gets free and shouts as he walks away up the ramp. Anderson tells Jericho he will admit Anderson is the best very soon – he promises that.

Mark Henry is backstage telling Teddy Long how he doesn’t see any competition for him here in TAWA and he is considering leaving to find someone to challenge him. Teddy tells him he doesn’t want to see stars leave and he gives Henry the opportunity to handpick his opponent tonight. Henry smiles and walks off telling Teddy he’ll make his decision later.

Joey Styles hypes the next match as a battle between two stars looking for a shot at Santino’s TV title, as Evan Bourne’s music hits and he comes out to a pop. Hunico follows talking trash in Spanish with a cocky grin on his face.

Match 1: Evan Bourne vs Hunico

• The match starts out with a very quick pace and both men exchange mat wrestling moves for quick counts and kick outs.
• Hunico gains the upper hand after dragging Bourne down from the top turnbuckle, injuring his leg, and Hunico works over his left leg.
• Bourne surprises Hunico with a second wind and nails some sharp kicks to knock Hunico out of the ring where he launches a suicide dive. He rolls him back in and goes for the cover but can’t get it. Hunico waits and chops at Bourne’s leg as soon as he gets up taking control again.
• Hunico locks in a succession of submission holds focusing on the legs of Bourne but he won’t tap.
• Eventually, Hunico gets extremely frustrated and beats Bourne viciously while shouting at him in Spanish. The referee gives him a 5 count but he won’t stop and is disqualified.

Winner by DQ: Evan Bourne

At the end of the match Hunico resumes grinning and walks up the ramp saying “no mas. No mas,” into the camera.

Just as Hunico disappears we hear Mark Henry’s theme music hit and he comes down the ramp towards Bourne. He gets in to the ring and tells the medical staff to get out of his way. He grabs a mic and demands they ring the bell. Joey Styles believes Henry may have just selected his opponent…

Match 2: Mark Henry vs Evan Bourne

Styles says Bourne is in no state to fight back against Henry. He can barely walk on his bad leg and he may well be concussed after that beating.

• Henry leans down and picks Bourne up while saying “I told you, you never know who may be admitted to the Hall of Pain.”
• He slowly goes through several power moves and lands a gorilla press on the barely moving Bourne, smiling all the while.
• Out of nowhere Bourne throws a combination of kicks and punches at Henry who is taken aback and angered. He picks Bourne up and hits a world’s strongest slam telling Bourne to show some respect afterwards.
• Henry picks Bourne up slowly again, holds him in position and nails him with a second world’s strongest slam for the win.

Winner: Mark Henry

Styles says Henry just destroyed Bourne for fun, and just because the corridors weren’t wide enough last week. Henry rolls out of the ring looking back at Bourne with a smile and walks slowly to the back.

Up next we will hear from Raven…

We come back and Raven is in the ring, and he talks about Shamrock being the world’s most dangerous man, and how he could legitimately beat anybody in the world in a fight. But he says Shamrock abuses his power, and he doesn’t like that. Raven likes to fight as much as the next man, but he likes to fight someone who will fight back. He isn’t afraid of Shamrock and when they meet in a hardcore match, Shamrock is out of his comfort zone and Raven will take him to his limit…for his own good.

Back to business and Styles tells us that the next match is a non-title match between two tag teams who we can expect to see battle it out more than once…

Match 3: The British Bulldogs vs The Young Bucks (non-title match)

The British Bulldogs come to the ring emblazoned in Union Jacks and looking focussed. The tag champions come out next to a big pop and they show off the belts to the crowd before getting in the ring.

• The Bulldogs don’t look like they want to take any prisoners and Dynamite starts out very stiffly with Matt Jackson, beating him with punches a dropkick and a gutwrench suplex before tagging in Davey Boy.
• Matt works his way back in and evens it out with a DDT to get time to tag Nick in. Nick comes in hot with clotheslines and a springboard splash to get a two. He goes to the top for a crossbody but is caught by Davey and gets powered to the mat, and takes a period of sustained attacks from the ever-tagging Bulldogs.
• Dynamite gets several 2 counts while Matt hypes the crowd on the outside to give his brother some momentum. Eventually Nick is able to roll out of the way of a diving dynamite headbutt and slowly gets to his partner to tag in.
• Just as the Bucks set Dynamite up for double stereo kicks, Davey Boy comes in to the ring and it breaks down in to a brawl between all four.
• While the referee tries to get between them, we hear Primo and Epico’s music hit and they along with Hunico come down to the ring and start laying guys out with brass knuckles and a chair. They clear the ring of the Bulldogs and are left beating down The Young Bucks 3 on 2.
• After they have finished they link hands and raise them above their heads to boos from the crowd.

Winner: No contest.

After a short break, Teddy Long’s music plays and he comes out to formally introduce the TAWA Champion. Mr Anderson comes out and thanks Teddy and the fans and says he’s glad that the next match is happening, he needs to know which of the guys he beat last week he gets to beat again. He joins Styles on commentary and says the next match will be for the number 1 contendership.

Match 4: Chris Benoit vs Chris Jericho for the number 1 contendership to the TAWA Championship.

Both guys come out, Jericho to boos and Benoit to cheers and we get underway…

• Both wrestlers start slowly feeling each other out a little before Benoit takes a measure of control with a chain of German suplexes. He keeps Jericho off balance and gets a couple of two counts.
• Jericho comes back in to it with chops, uppercuts and a belly to back for a two count.
• The match continues to be even with both guys exchanging moves and two counts. Eventually Jericho drop kicks Benoit through the ropes by the commentary position and follows him out. As he goes over to Benoit he stares at Anderson who responds by standing up ready to fight.
• They exchange words over the table until Benoit comes from behind and nails Jericho and throws him back in to the ring before locking in a crossface. Jericho looks to tap out but gets the ropes just in time.
• Benoit looks to finish Jericho but out of nowhere Jericho nails a codebreaker on Benoit but can’t get the 3. He gets to his feet first, still in pain and drags Benoit to the centre of the ring to apply the walls.
• Benoit fights and scratches to get to the ropes and just as it looks like he will, he is dragged away and he has to tap.

Winner and new number 1 contender to the TAWA Championship: Chris Jericho.

Jericho is announced the winner and stands up holding his back to have his arm raised. As he does, he is applauded from the announce table by a smiling Mr Anderson. As Jericho glares at him, Joey thanks us for watching and we go off air.

sodhat

Posts : 22236
Join date : 2011-02-28
Age : 35
Location : London

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Guest Sun 24 Jun 2012, 2:13 pm

Week 2
SCW vs. RWA
Injury - Tommaso Ciampa

WELCOME TO THE SNAKEPIT!!!

SCW goes live from The King Power Stadium, Leicester as the thousands in attendance are going nuts for a massive show! William Regal welcomes us to what promises to be a show that has huge consequences for the PPV, SCW: Salvation! He says that at the end of the evening, we'll know who will challenge The Rock, as the SC Champion has been given special dispensation to elect his own number one contender, tonight!

Randy Orton's music hits and the crowd boo as he saunters to the ring, accompanied by John Laurinaitis. Laurinaitis introduces himself and then his newest associate, The Viper, Randy Orton! The crowd boo as Big Johnny holds his arm aloft and then goes on to explain that Sheamus lost his edge at the end of last season, he was deadweight, and Laurinaitis didn't want to sink with him, therefore, he chose a newer, better, more destructive option in Orton. Orton talks about how he is so much more than Sheamus will ever be and that at Salvation, he will rid SCW of Sheamus, for good. But tonight, he'll give a sign of things to come!

Match 1 - Scott Hall vs. Sabu

- Hall dominates early doors, utilising the size advantage over Sabu, stifling his opponents speed arsenal.
- He goes close with a number of impact moves but goes for one too many as Sabu telegraphs Hall in the corner.
-Sabu dominates before getting hit by a big boot.
-Control is exchanged until out of nowhere, Sabu hits the Arabian Facebuster and gains the win.

Winner - Sabu

Backstage, we see Ricky Steamboat preparing for his match. Richie enters his locker room and they argue about last week and why Ricky is still here. Ricky says that like Richie, he's also a wrestler and that he's proud to be in SCW. If Richie can't handle that, then it's his problem. Richie goes to storm off but then turns to his father and says that he'll be at ringside for his match, watching, to show his father just what it's like...

Match 2 - Ricky ' The Dragon' Steamboat vs. Ryo Saito

-The match is ready to begin when Richie Steamboat slowly makes his way to the ring, Ricky's eyes are locked onto his son, as the bell rings and Saito looks for a roll up.
-Ricky kicks out at 2, as his son smiles.
- From there, Ricky dominates, reeling off his signature moves and finishing the job with his patented Diving Crossbody. The count is academic.

Winner - Ricky Steamboat

After the match Ricky and Richie share a staredown, as Richie heads backstage, smiling at his father.

Match 3 - Drew McIntyre vs. Caprice Coleman

A closely contested match up as both men trade control. In the end, though, McIntyre powered through and won it with the Future Shock DDT.

After the match, he motioned a title around his waist, as Regal talked up his credentials as a potential Global Champion.

Backstage - Tommaso Ciampa is talking to an interviewer about the Global championship. He says that whilst he may not be the most decorated, he's by far the most skilful, and he WILL be Global Champion.

We go elsewhere, and a car arrives, the door flies open and out steps Sheamus. He looks livid as he storms into the King Power, as Regal ponders where he may be going.


Match 4 - MVP vs. Eddie Edwards

-This match is hyped up as one between two guys that have an eye on the Global Championship also.
-It is one that ebbs and flows, as both men show off their sound technical skill, trying to manufacture an advantage.
-Edwards takes control and sets up for the Falcon Arrow.
-MVP wriggles out the back and rolls Edwards up, nicking the win.

Match 5 - Randy Orton vs. Sheamus

-Orton is heading to the ring when from behind, Sheamus attacks him, triggering a brawl.
-They fight round the ring area, trading control, until security come out and separate both men.
-Order seems to be restored until Orton spits at Sheamus, triggering the brawl once more.
-They are finally pulled apart and share an intense staredown as we head to the final commercial.

The Rock's music hits and he makes his way to the ring, holding a contract. He gets into the ring, and goads the crowd, holding up the SCW Title. He talks about how The Rock is the greates wrestler of all time, the most electrifying man in all of entertainment, how he stops shows all over the world.

He was given the chance to choose a number one contender, because that is the only way it should be decided...By who The Rock feels is worthy! So without further ado, The Rock wants the whole roster out, now!

The SCW roster comes out and stands atop of the stage. The Rock proceeds to mock particular members, and then claims that he needs to take a closer look. He makes his way to the top of the ramp and walks down the line of the wrestlers. He stops at Ryo Saito and smiles. He begins to hand over the contract, smiling, he's then cut off by music playing and the crowd popping!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=icYH2OIVlyE

The Rock freezes in shock as the crowd lift the roof of, as Shawn Michaels appears from the back, with eyes firmly for The Rock, HBK nakes his way through the roster and stands looking at The Rock. He then slowly looks down at The SCW Title, and then plants The Rock with a Sweet Chin Music! He grabs the contract and signs his name as SCW comes to an end, William Regal announcing that at Salvation, The Rock will seemingly face Shawn Michaels!

Guest
Guest


Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Gregers Sun 24 Jun 2012, 10:44 pm

Week 2

nXtreme
vs MWF

The opening music plays and the pyro goes off, we immediately go backstage to the GM's office where all of the Queens are arguing with the two co-GM's. Eventually Alicia and Eve managed to get the Queen's to stop arguing and announce that there will be a tournament to decide who will face off for the Queen of nXtreme title. The Queens all sound happy at this, Eve then tells them to wait. Because at iMplosion the Main Event will be the first ever...

Queen of nXtreme Elimination Chamber!!! All the Queen's are shocked. Alicia then says that the draw will be made later so they can all get out of their office! We then go back to ringside where Josh Matthews introduces us to the show and puts over how big that announcement was! We then go into our first match of the night.

Match 1 - Akira Kawabata vs Alex Riley


  • Matthews reminds us of the attack by Suicide last week on Daniels
  • The match is fast paced with Akira showing off all of his talent early on
  • A-Ry manages to ground Akira with a super hip toss and controls the pace for a while before missing an A-Bomb
  • Akira then explodes back into the match taking Riley down with a Raijin Buster but Riley kicks out
  • The action continues with Akira mainly in control before he hits the Lightening Flash
  • Akira goes up top for a moonsault but is pushed off by Christopher Daniels who appeared out of nowhere through the crowd


Winner via DQ - Akira Kawabata
Post match Daniels continues his assault onto Akira, grabbing a chair and punishing the Japanese star. With every hit Daniels is screaming about how his little stunt as Suicide cost him last week, how it stopped him from competing in tonights Main Event for the nXt Factor title. The assault continues until Akira is pooring blood. Daniels then picks him up and is about to hit the Angels Wings when suddenly the lights go out. When they come back on Suicide is stood at the top of the ramp. Daniels cannot believe it and just drops Akira. Suicide motions that he is coming for Daniels. The lights then go off, when they come back on Suicide is nowhere to be seen. Josh Matthews is wondering what on earth just happened, who is Suicide and what does he want with Daniels? Daniels shouts to the back after Suicide as Monty Brown comes out to check on Akira and prevent Daniels doing any more damage. We then go backstage.
Backstage we see Sin Cara who is being told by medics that he is not cleared to wrestle tonight. As he complains JBL walks in and says that thats good news for Cara as there is no way he will ever beat a wrestling God! Cara retorts with "Usted no es un Dios, que no son más que basura de América". JBL asks him what he said, Cara replies with ¿Por qué no aprender español entonces usted sabría? ¡Eres un cerdo estadounidense arrogante! JBL then says that whilst he doesn't know what that means he will make Cara pay for it and goes to get him, the medic gets in the way and Security soon comes to restrain JBL. The pair glare at each other before JBL says that next week Cara won't be able to hide behind anyone.
Back in the ring Alicia Fox and Eve Torres are both standing, they turn our attention to the titontron to reveal the draw for the Queen's Tournament...
Trish Stratus vs Molly Holly
Gail Kim vs Cheerleader Melissa

Mickie James vs Candice Michelle
Raquel Diaz vs Victoria
Layla El vs Mercedes Martinez
Alica then says that the losers of each match need not despair as an announcement about them will be made later on in today's show! The two GM's seem happy with the announcement before we head to a commercial for iMplosion.
Match 2 - Queen of nXtreme Elimination Chamber Qualifier - Mickie James vs Candice Michelle

  • A good back and forth match between the two women
  • Mickie takes the advantage early on with several big kicks but Candice takes the advantage back following a poke to the eye
  • Candice is able to control the next portion of the match grounding Mickie and focusing on her legs
  • Every time Mickie tries to make a comeback Candice takes her back down
  • Eventually Mickie manages to get free and goes for a Mick-A-Rana but her legs can't support it and she crumples to the floor
  • Candice takes the opening and locks in the Candylicious, Mickie screams in pain and struggles frantically to get to the ropes, she fights and fights but won't submit
  • Mickie makes it to the ropes but Candice pulls her back! Eventually Mickie manages to just get free but can barely stand... Sugar Rush... Reversed!
  • Mickie-DT out of nowhere! 1.....2.........3!
Winner via Pinfall and Qualified for the Chamber - Mickie James
Post match Mickie can barely stand but celebrates and makes a belt motion before pointing at the iMplosion sign hanging from the roof of the arena.
Going backstage once again we see Eddie Guerrero and Rey Mysterio talking to the Guns about how hard it is to fight each other when you know each other so well. Shelley says that he knows it will be hard but promises to give his all. Sabin then says he wouldn't expect him to give less than 110% but that he will beat his partner later. Eddie and Rey say that they need to make sure they know that its just business. In walk Triple X minus Christopher Daniels. Low Ki and Elix Skipper laugh at how emotional it has got in here and how once the Guns implode Triple X will destroy them. Rey and Eddie say that they have a whole load of aggression after they were both screwed out of the World Title Match last week so why don't they just go and teach Triple X a lesson about friendship. Triple X say that Rey and Eddie are on!
Carrying on backstage as LayCool are talking about the Elimination Chamber. Michelle says that Layla needs to make sure that LayCool have an advantage in the chamber. They are interrupted by Alicia Fox who says that she has news for Michelle, her place in the chamber is not guaranteed either. Michelle asks what she means as she is the Queen of nXtreme. Alicia says that before iMplosion Michelle will defend her title against the newest signing to the Queen's division. Michelle asks Alicia what on earth she's talking about, Alicia tells LayCool to look behind them...
Its LITA! Lita has come to nXtreme! Lita points at the title and says that when they go one on one she will take that belt and without it Michelle is nothing, and when she is done with her she won't even be a pretty face. Michelle and Lita square off before we fade and go back to ringside.
Match 3 - Eddie Guerrero/Rey Mysterio vs Triple X (Low Ki/Elix Skipper)

  • A great tag match between two experienced sides
  • Both sides show off their chemistry throughout the 20 minute match
  • The faces start in control but soon Triple X isolate Rey and utilize quick tags to keep him away from Eddie
  • The heels utilize quick tags and beat away on Rey for several minutes even hitting a Power-Plex but Rey won't give in
  • Triple X eventually go for XXXecution but Rey manages to escape the bearhug and Triple X collide.... Tag made!
  • Eddie explodes into the ring, taking out Skipper before ducking the arm of Low Ki... Three Amigos! Matthews says Latino Heat is running wild.
  • Guerrero up top for the Frog Splash... Low Ki gets the knees up! Eddie rolls in agony... Dragon Crusher, reversed! Gory Special..1....2... Kickout!
  • Low Ki makes the tag to Skipper, and him and Eddie go back and forth before Skipper hits the Play of the Day out of nowhere...1....2..NO!
  • Eventually Eddie makes the tag back to Mysterio who ducks under Skipper and knocks him to the ropes. 619... Connects!
  • A West Coast Pop later and its all she wrote!
Winners via Pinfall - Rey Mysterio and Eddie Guerrero

Post match Eddie and Rey hug before celebrating together, Triple X look disgusted on the outside. Josh Matthews says that by the looks of things Eddie and Rey have got rid of some of their pent up frustration.
Backstage we see Mercedes and Layla walking towards the ring, their match is next! The two divas make their entrances to contrasting reactions, Layla getting booed and Mercedes getting cheered. However before they can lock up the video that played before last weeks main event plays again. However, it now ends with the:

Original Queen of nXtreme returns to reclaim her throne... Now! Suddenly the pyro goes off and Natalya Neidhart struts out to a huge reaction from the crowd. She gets into the ring before speaking to the ring announcer who tells us that as the most recent signing for nXtreme Natalya has been entered into the following Queen of nXtreme Elimination Chamber qualifying match! The crowd pops huge for this announcement.
Match 4 - Queen of nXtreme Elimination Chamber Qualifier - Layla El vs Mercedes Martinez vs Natalya Neidhart


  • A fast paced match to start with all three Divas being showcased
  • Initially Layla and Natalya work over Mercedes but the young diva makes a comeback and causes Natalya to turn on Layla
  • All three divas go at it for over 10 minutes with neither able to get the advantage
  • At the 12 minute mark Mercedes hits Layla with a Bull Run but is unable to capitalize as Layla rolls out of the ring to recover
  • Mercedes and Natalya go head to head but eventually Natalya's power overcomes the plucky Mercedes
  • Nattie by Nature only gets a two count however and Layla is back in... Layout from behind... Blocked!
  • Natalya locks in the Sharpshooter and Layla has no choice but to tap
Winner via Submission and Qualified for the Chamber - Natalya Neidhart

Post match Natalya celebrates and signals a title belt motion, Matthews says that neither Layla or Mercedes were prepared for Natalya but given she is a former Queen of nXtreme Champion who would bet against her winning the chamber match?!
Backstage Eve Torres is approached by an angry Candice who is complaining about the unfair nature of the draw which saw here go up against Mickie James earlier with little to no time to prepare. Eve says whilst that is true not all is lost, as all the Queens who lose their matches to be in the chamber will instead be in another first ever match at iMplosion...
The Queen of the Bank Ladder Match! The crowd in the arena can be heard popping huge for this announcement!
We then cut to a video package for the nXt Factor Title match coming up next, highlighting how Chris Sabin won the title at "Like Never Before" and then retained it at "aBsolution". We then see highlights of both Sabin and Shelleys career up to now.
Main Event - nXt Factor Title - Chris Sabin (c) vs Alex Shelley
The two men enter before we get the introductions, The Challenger weighing in at 215lb, hailing from Detroit Michigan... "The Paparazzi Machine"... Alex Shelley! And the reigning and defending nXt Factor Champion weighing in at 205lb, also hailing from Detroit Michigan... "The Future"... Chris Sabin!

  • The two long time partners bump fists before putting on a technical masterpiece
  • The match goes over 25 minutes with both men being showcased to the max, the chemistry is evident throughout as both men know each so well
  • In the opening section Shelley really takes it to Sabin countering everything and hitting several big moves including the It Came From Japan
  • Sabin comes back into it following a counter to a Total Nonstop Alex into a Bum Rush
  • The action continues to go back and forth until Sabin counters a sliced bread no.2 and pushes Shelley to the outside... Leap of Faith over the top!
  • The crowd explodes as the two friends recover on the outside before going at it again, Josh cant believe how much the two are putting on the line
  • Shelley gets the upper hand and goes for a Shellshock, reversed! Future Shock though the announce table! The referee starts to count them out
  • 1....2....3......4......5.....6...Sabin up...7...Pulls Shelley up....8....Rolls him into the ring.....9....Gets back in himself just...Pin attempt
  • Kickout! Sabin cannot believe it! He goes for the Cradle Shock... countered! WA4!!!!!! Shelley makes collapses in exhaustion, arm draped across
  • 1....2........Kickout! Shelley hauls himself up, goes for another WA4, counter! Cradle Shock, counter! Shellshock connects, 1...2....3!
The confetti falls as Shelley is given the nXt Factor title, he can barely stand. He eventually uses the ropes to help himself up before he helps Sabin up as well. The two guns embrace before Shelley holds up the title to cheers from the crowd as the show ends
Current iMplosion Card

Spoiler:

Gregers

Posts : 15025
Join date : 2011-01-28
Age : 33
Location : Brighton, England

https://www.facebook.com/Gregers25

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by ncfc_Tooze Mon 25 Jun 2012, 2:17 pm

Nxtreme vs MWF
Injuries- Vampiro, Jun Kasai

MWF TV -S3 Ep2

Show Opening
We open the show with Paul Heyman standing in the ring, microphone in hand. He says that unfortunately Vampiro has been refused entry into the country and that he is hoping that, therefore the schedueled Main event of Steve Corino vs Vampiro for the freeweight title will not be taking place. Steve Corino makes his way to the ring and snatches the Mic away from Heyman. Corino says he should be handed the belt right now. Heyman says no, he will have a match for the belt and an opponent has been picked. Corino lays out Heyman with a Lariet.

Match 1- Paul Burchill vs Titus O’Neil
• Burchill shows his strength straight from the tie up pushing O’Neil Over
• O’ Neil gets in a very small amount of offence
• Burchill hits a C4 but he pulls O’Neils shoulder up from the mat at a 2 count
• Burchill Smiles sadistically before hitting a second C4 Followed up by a standing shooting star press, to gain the 3 count
Winner- Paul Burchill

Match 2- Nigel Mcguinness vs Gunner
• Nigel Mcguinness uses his technical ability in this one and is control through out
• As Nigel is going for the tower of London, CM Punk walks onto the ramp
• This takes Nigels focus away from Gunner, who attacks him from behind with clubbing blows to the back
• Gunner goes for a big clothesline but Mcguinness ducks and dropkicks his knee
• Mcguinness locks in a surfboard type manouvere as it looks like Gunner will tap, Punk enters the ring and attacks Mcguinness causing a DQ
Winner by DQ- Nigel Mcguinness

Post Match
Punk and Mcguinness have a pull apart brawl through the crowd

Match 3- Britani Knight vs Rhia O’Reilly
• Britani shows an aggressive side and easily finishes off rhia when she hits a code red
winner by pin- Britani Knight


Pre Match
Steve Corino is warming up in the ring as Hernandez’s music hits. As Hernandez makes his way down to the ring Corino does not take his stare away from him. Corino grabs a mic from ringside and shouts down Hernandez asking Heyman if this was the best he had to face him. He says Hernandez is a nobody who isn’t fit to tie his laces.

Main Event for the MWF Freeweight Title- Steve Corino vs Hernandez
• Both men tie up, Hernandez takes the early advantage when he takes Corino down to the mat with a Hammerlock.
• Corino Gauges the eyes of Hernandez to cause separation.
• Corino now takes advantage hitting some strong stiff looking blows
• Corino hits a lariat to gain a 2 count when Hernandez is able to force the shoulder up.
• Corino attempts a Suplex but Hernandez knees him in the stomach to take back the advantage.
• Hernandez hits a series of power moves, before throwing Corino to the outside
• Hernandez attempts a Toupe over the top rope but Corino moves and Hernandez flys into the Barricade ribs first
• Corino works over the ribs with some hard shots, before locking in an adominal stretch, Hernandez is in very visable pain
• Corino releases the hold and hits an Old School Expulsion on him for the 3 count
Winner and New MWF Freeweight Champion- Steve Corino

Post Match
Corino is in the ring Celebrating his title victory when suddenly the lights in the arena turn off and on. When the lights turn on for the 5th time a red liquid falls from the roof covering Corino Completely. The lights go off again and The Jumbo Tron lights up with a video of a laughing Vampiro playing on it, Vampiro says he will face Corino for that title Next week. Corino looks furious but as he turns round from the tron he is hit with a Massive Gore from Rhino as we close the show

ncfc_Tooze
Global Moderator
Global Moderator

Posts : 9235
Join date : 2011-01-25
Age : 33
Location : North Walsham,Norfolk

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Fernando Wed 27 Jun 2012, 8:56 pm

On behalf of Olly

Week 3 Tactics start here Tactic Submission - Season 3  3559488474

Fernando
Fernando
Fernando

Posts : 36461
Join date : 2011-01-26
Age : 33
Location : buckinghamshire

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by sodhat Sun 01 Jul 2012, 11:17 am

Week 3
[b/]TAWA[/b] vs MWF
Injury - Hunico

The show opens with a video of last week, and Chris Jericho being announced as the number one contender to the TAWA Championship.

Joey Styles welcomes us to this weeks show, as Mr Anderson's music hits and he makes his way out to the ring with the championship belt around his waist. He takes a mic and says that he is happy to know who he has to face for his title in a few weeks, and even happier that it's Chris Jericho. He says Jericho has been talking too long - talking about being the best - and now he has to prove it. But Anderson isn’t afraid of what Jericho can do, because he can do it too, and once he beats Jericho he can shut Jericho up once and for all.

At this point Jericho’s music hits and he comes down to the ring dressed smartly. He takes a mic and tells Anderson he doesn’t know how to be a champion, how to conduct himself and how to be the best. Jericho tells him to look at him, at how he carries himself – he exudes class, something Anderson will never have. He doesn’t need a belt to be seen as the best, but he will take it anyway because he can’t stand the thought of a classless, talentless, piece of trash like Anderson representing a company he has to have his name attributed to. He’ll be doing a favour to the world when he puts Anderson on his back.

They both square up and before they can come to blows Teddy Long comes out to the stage and says it’s best they put their differences aside because tonight there will be a tag team match, playa, and Jericho and Anderson will be teaming up against the current tag team champions, The Young Bucks!

With that Anderson and Jericho glare at each other in the ring and Joey Styles tells us to stay tuned because our first match is up next…

Match 1: Raven vs Ken Shamrock

Clips show of the interactions between these two guys the past weeks, as Raven makes his way down to the ring. Raven says this match was asked for by Shamrock but it isn’t the hardcore match Raven wanted. Shamrock wouldn’t dare take a match he could lose, so this one is a submission-only match. Raven says he doesn’t care, he’s here to do some damage to Shamrock’s over-inflated ego.

With that Shamrock comes to the ring to boos, and we’re ready to go.

• The match starts slowly as they tie up and Raven surprises Shamrock with his tenacity and willingness to fight back.
• Eventually Shamrock gets control with stiff shots and a snap suplex.
• Shamrock throws Raven to the outside and throws him into the steel steps, rolls him back in the ring and stands over and shouts some trash at Raven, until Raven drags Shamrock down by his leg and attempts to lock in an ankle lock.
• Shamrock looks in pain as his own move is applied to him and he attempts to roll through but Raven locks in it tighter.
• The referee comes down to ask Shamrock if he wants to quit and Shamrock pulls the referee down by his shirt and while he can’t see Shamrock kicks his leg into Raven’s groin. Raven falls back in agony and the referee looks bemused.
• Shamrock struggles back to his feet and kneels over Raven and beats him with vicious shots looking furious.
• He flips Raven over and puts on his own ankle lock and really ratchets it in. Raven taps but Shamrock just locks it in tighter, screaming. Eventually the referees come out for the back and try and get him to relent but he has to be physically pulled away by several. Raven is left on the ground in agony.

Winner by submission: Ken Shamrock

Joey Styles says Shamrock truly is the most dangerous man in TAWA and you don’t want to get him angry…
Hunico, Epico and Primo come out to the ring together and Joey Styles believes we may get some answers to last week’s actions.
Hunico says they are sick of being held back in their careers because of their size and ethnicity. He says that those days are over and you’re now watching a new era unfold, one dominated by Latin America. Together, with Primo and Epico, they are going to be calling the tune in TAWA from now on and the white trash fans better get used to it.

With that the British Bulldogs music hits and they come down to the ring ready to go…

Match 2: The British Bulldogs vs Primo and Epico

• Davey Boy starts off with Epico and he physically dominates him, with slams and a gorilla press for show.
• Dynamite is tagged in and ups the pace and baffles Epico even further. He dropkicks him for a quick 2 and Epico rolls towards his own corner desperate to tag out. Primo doesn’t look too happy to be coming in but takes the tag.
• Dynamite continues at his pace but Primo is able to start getting his own offence in too, and he whips Dynamite to the corner where Epico is. Primo distracts the referee while Epico lands shots to Dynamite and begins to choke him out.
• Primo takes advantage of the weakened Dynamite and starts to dominate, getting two counts. He and Epico tag in and out frequently and isolate Dynamite and weaken him further while the crowd chant for the Bulldogs.
• Eventually Dynamite is able to counter out of a DDT with a big back drop and he and Epico both fall to the ground motionless. Dynamite claws and drags himself toward Davey while Epico does the same to Primo who is shouting for him to hurry up.
• Dynamite gets the tag as does Epico and Davey comes in and takes Primo down with powerful clotheslines and body slams.
• While this is happening Hunico gets up on the apron and the ref goes over to get him away and Davey is distracted. Epico slides Primo a knuckle duster and Davey turns around to two shots from Primo. He busts Davey open and as Hunico gets off the apron he pins Davey for a three.

Winners by pinfall: Primo and Epico (Latin America)

Latin America gather in the ring to celebrate together as Davey rolls out very slowly wiping blood from his face just as Dynamite is waking up to what happened.

Evan Bourne is backstage talking to Teddy Long, and he is begging for a chance to face Mark Henry tonight. Teddy tells Bourne he is crazy to want to get back in the ring with him so soon after he destroyed him last week. Teddy tells Bourne that he needs to get back in the ring to prove he’s able to take someone like Henry on, and he makes a match tonight for Evan to take on Chris Benoit. If Bourne can beat Benoit Teddy will know he is ready to take on a monster like Henry.

Match 3: Evan Bourne vs Chris Benoit

• Evan starts quickly and tries to get some offence in early.
• Benoit has answers to everything that is thrown at him and he takes control and slows the pace down.
• Benoit chops at Bourne in the corner and follows with three German suplexes for a two count.
• Bourne bursts into life out of desperation as the match slips away and hits a huricanrana and a vertical suplex to try and keep Benoit down, and stomps away. He goes to the top rope to try a shooting star press but Benoit moves at the last moment.
• Before Bourne can get up to rectify his mistake, Benoit locks in a crossface and Bourne has to tap out.

Winner by submission: Chris Benoit

Benoit looks back at Bourne as he exits, and Bourne looks distraught and angry at himself.

Before the match Joey Styles recaps the confrontation between Anderson and Jericho as the Tag Team champions come to the ring with a pop.

Jericho is out next and Anderson follows to a huge pop.

Match 4: Chris Jericho and Mr Anderson vs The Young Bucks

• Jericho and Anderson argue about who will start out and eventually Jericho rolls out of the ring leaving Anderson to face Nick Jackson.
• It begins fairly evenly and Nick hits some quick offence on Anderson, who counters back with some power moves.
• Anderson tags Jericho firmly and Jericho looks angry. He comes in as Nick tags Matt and they tie up. Jericho takes control and lands a string of moves as if to show off to Anderson. He walks over to Anderson and tags him with a slap to the face. Anderson smiles and pushes Jericho before getting in the ring and squaring up to him. They argue while Matt comes from behind and rolls Anderson up for a close 2 count.
• Anderson is shocked and tries to take Matt out but he’s too quick and is able to land a dropkick before tagging Nick back in.
• Anderson again can’t get to Nick who evades him and lands kicks to his legs and body. Jericho derides Anderson from the apron and says he doesn’t look like a champion.
• Anderson gets angry and lands vicious shots to Nick and follows with a Green Bay plunge for a two. He gets up and tags Jericho who jumps down from the apron and goes to walk to the back. Anderson chases him up the ramp and rolls him back in to the ring where both Young Bucks are stood to nail him as he turns around into double stereo kicks. Nick pins him for three.

Winners by pinfall: The Young Bucks

Anderson applauds from the ramp as Jericho looks woozy in the ring and the Young Bucks celebrate their victory in the ring. The last shot is Jericho looking over at Anderson holding the back of his head as Joey Styles thanks us for watching.

sodhat

Posts : 22236
Join date : 2011-02-28
Age : 35
Location : London

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by ncfc_Tooze Sun 01 Jul 2012, 11:21 am

MWF vs The Amatuerish Wrestling Association
Injuries: CM Punk, PAC

MWF TV S3 EP3


Opening
We open the show with Debonaire by Dope blaring out through the arena as rhino makes his way to the ring. Rhino gets in the ring and is handed a microphone. He says that he is here to explain why he Gored Corino at last weeks show. He says that Paul Heyman rang him after the assault on him by Corino earlier in the evening and offered him a Title shot if he took Corino out and it also gave him a chance to take out the man for who he was a lacky for in ECW. Heyman enters the ring and says that is exactally what happened therefore tonights main event will be a 3 way survival of the sickest match for the MWF Freeweight Title Between Rhino, Corino and……………….Vampiro. Heyman also announces that our opening contest will be a battle royal to crown the number one contender for the X division championship

Match 1- #1 Contender for the X division championship Battle Royal

• All the X division Stars minus PAC and AJ Styles involved here. Schiavone says that PAC’s flight back to the UK was delayed so will miss the show, He says CM Punk was also due to be on that flight so will also miss the show, we also cut to Styles watching the Match on a monitor backstage several times throughout.
• Fast paced action throughout, with good exchanges
• Little Guido is first eliminated when Chuck Cyrus side steps his oncoming charge
• Storm and Malenko seem to work together well when they eliminate Zack Sabre between them. Sabre puts up a good fight for the time he is in though.
• Storm now proceeds to attack Malenko. Malenko clotheslines Storm and both hurtle over the top rope. The two men brawl to the back.
• Chuck Cyrus eliminates Kasai after dumping him over the top rope with a death valley driver
• We are down to Psicosis, Haskins and Cyrus, who all have some good exchanges.
• Cyrus is the first of the 3 eliminated. We cut to the back where we hear Styles say that he was impressed with Cyrus
• Psicosis Eliminates Haskins after Haskins hits a kick and goes to the top rope. Before he can dive Psicosis is up and pushes Haskins from the top turnbuckle to the floor.

Winner and Number 1 contender- Psicosis


Allison Danger Promo
Allison Danger says she is the best womens wrestler in the world today and she can beat anyone.

Match 2- Rosa Mendes vs Allison Danger

• This is a Squash Match with Danger easily dismanteling Mendes
• Danger hits a Lariet followed by old school expulsion for the win

Winner by Pinfall- Allison Danger


Segment
Paul Burchill is backstage with an interviewer he says that he challenges anyone in the locker room to a contest here tonight and he holds no responsibility for any broken bones. Nigel Mcguinness appears and says just like last season he isn’t scared of Burchill, so excepts the challenge.

Match 3- Paul Burchill vs Nigel Mcguinness

• Hard Hitting contest, both men don’t hold back
• Burchill takes advantage when Mcguinness ,going for the Kellet Lariet, Burchill pushes him to the outside and attacks him round the ringside area
• Burchill sends Mcguinness shoulder first into the ringpost before rolling him back into the ring.
• Mcguinness hits a flurry of uppercuts to fight back into the match.
• Mcguinness hits a Kellet Lariet to gain a 2 count
• Mcguinness attempts a London bridge, but Cult of Personality suddenly hits as CM Punk walks down to the ring. Schiavone Exclaims ‘He shouldn’t be here’ Mcguinness releases Burchill and shouts down at Punk
• As Mcguinness turns round from Punk, Burchill hits a C4 before locking in a high angle arm bar to make Mcguinness tap. Punk can be heard laughing.

Winner by Submission- Paul Burchill

Post Match
CM Punk enters the ring and sits crossed legged beside Mcguinness and says that next week it will be Mcguinness vs Punk once again. Punk Laughs again and Kicks the at the arm of Mcguinness before he is escorted from the ring by security.

Pre Match
We get a cut screen of all 3 of the Competitors in the match preparing. Heyman is in the Locker room of Rhino.

Main Event- Survival of the Sickest Match For The MWF Freeweight Title- Steve Corino © vs Rhino vs Vampiro

• Survival of the Sickest is an elimination match with no rules and falls count anywhere
• Corino and Rhino make there way to the ring first, both men await Vampiro who doesn’t make his way to the ring before the bell is rung.
• So Corino and Rhino start the match exchanging hard shots.
• Suddenly the lights in the arena go off and when they come back on Vampiro is in the ring with a bin full of weapons. Schiavone shouts now the fun can begin
• Weapon shots are exchanged in the ring before the 3 men begin brawling through the crowd.
• Corino is busted open during an exchange with Rhino
• More weapon shots are exchanged
• Vampiro and Corino brawl up to a balcony. Corino viciously attacks Vampiro and Dumps him over the rail. Vampiro falls through the merchandise table that is below. The waiting Rhino makes the cover to eliminate Vamp
• Rhino and Corino continue to brawl
• As Rhino attempts a gore a hooded man hits him with a chain and places Corino on top of him before running off. Corino gains the winning fall.

Winner and Still Freeweight Champion- Steve Corino

Post Match

Paul Heyman rushes down to the ring and says that the man in the hood better reveal himself next week or Corino will be stripped of the title. Corino retorts by saying that, no one can strip him of the title. He says if Heyman does he will sue MWF and Heyman, for a hell of a lot more money than what Heyman already owes him from the last days of ECW.


ncfc_Tooze
Global Moderator
Global Moderator

Posts : 9235
Join date : 2011-01-25
Age : 33
Location : North Walsham,Norfolk

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Gregers Sun 01 Jul 2012, 9:33 pm

Week 3

nXtreme
vs VWE

Injury: Christopher Daniels

The opening video plays as the music and pyro goes off. Josh Matthews welcomes us to this weeks show. He begins to run down what happened last week but is interrupted by JBL. JBL says that at iMplosion he will walk in as Legends Champion and walk out as both World and Legends champion. He says this will happen as he is a wrestling God. The lights change all of a sudden and Sin Cara walks out, he points at JBL before raising a microphone to his mouth. "Tú eres un Dios falso, que la gente no puedes creer. En iMplosión que le enseñará cómo un par de peleas verdadera leyenda. Después de todo soy Sin Cara, el hombre sin rostro. Mientras que usted no es nada sino el hijo de una puta de Texas". Sin Cara then runs down to the ring and somersaults in going face to face with JBL. The pair square off before "Viva La Raza" plays out over the loudspeakers and Eddie and Rey come out. They say that Cara only got to iMplosion by cheating whereas JBL is nothing but a fraud. The four men face off before co-GM Alicia Fox comes out and says that as the four men cannot agree they will face off in the main event tonight! It will be JBL and Sin Cara vs Eddie Guerrero and Rey Mysterio!

Going backstage we see Chris Daniels frantically searching the backstage area for traces of Suicide, he has a wild look in his eyes. After wildly opening doors he is approached by Low Ki and Elix Skipper who say they don't think Daniels should fight tonight as his mind isn't in it. Daniels says he doesn't know what they mean. Triple X say that they will find a substitute for their match later and urge Daniels to take the night off.

Match 1 - Queen of nXtreme Elimination Chamber Qualifier - Trish Stratus vs Molly Holly

Josh Matthews runs down the tournament as both Queens enter to good receptions, Trish getting the bigger pop however.

  • The match is fast paced to start with with both Women showing why they are two of the best in the business
  • The action goes back and forth for the opening few minutes until Molly manages to get in control at the 7 minute mark
  • Molly uses her unique fast paced action to maintain control with headscissors and kicks
  • Trish is urged on by the fans and manages to explode into the match countering a Molly-Go-Round into an Air Canada
  • Trish follows this up with a Stratusfaction..1...2..... NO! Kickout
  • Molly fights back into the match before going for a Twin City Twister at the 14 minute mark... MaTrish! Trish avoids it and spins....
  • Chick Kick! 1...2.......3!
Winner via Pinfall and Qualified for the Chamber - Trish Stratus

Post match Trish celebrates before helping Molly up and the two hug. Going backstage we are in the GMs office where LayCool are moaning to Eve Torres about Layla's loss last week and the fact that next week Michelle has to defend her title against Lita. Eve says that Alicia made that match without here consent and so she will adjust it afterall it should be in the Champions favour. Next weeks match will be a LumberJill match. LayCool look much happier with this news.

Carrying on backstage we see MCMG being interviewed about last weeks match. The Guns put over how they put everything on the line but would do it all again for the fans. They say that later tonight they are tagging together for the first time in nXtreme and cannot wait. They also say that they hope their partner can get on their wavelength. Akira walks in and greets the Guns before saying that he cannot wait to get revenge on Daniels and although he can't do that until next week he can get Daniel's running buddies to shut up first!

We head back to ringside where our next match is about to begin, Josh mentions that Triple X will announce their partner for one night and one night only after this match. Victoria enters to huge boos whereas the capacity crowd gives quite a large pop to Raquel.

Match 2 - Queen of nXtreme Elimination Chamber Qualifier - Victoria vs Raquel Diaz


  • The two Queens circle each other to start with before the two have a very physical match
  • The action goes back and forth to start with before Victoria's size and power advantage soon gets her the advantage
  • Victoria's power keeps Raquel grounded but the plucky youngster will not give in
  • Raquel even kicks out of a Spider's Web and Victoria cannot believe it!
  • The anger begins to build in Victoria as she cannot put Raquel away and she misses a Black Widow
  • Raquel explodes into the match turning the tide, three amigos! Connects!
  • Raquel goes up top, feeling Froggy.... Knees up!
  • Victoria picks up Raquel, Huge Widows Peak. 1..2.....3!
Winner via Pinfall and Qualified for the Chamber - Victoria
Post match Josh starts to put over how close Raquel was to an upset but gets cut off as Victoria picks up Raquel once more and hits another Widow's Peak! Eventually the referee and security get Victoria out of the ring but Josh says that Raquel might just be broken in half

Going backstage we see Trish Stratus watching the action of the previous match, she says that she will avenge what happened to Raquel if her and Victoria face off in the the Chamber. Suddenly a hand touches Trish on here shoulder and she sees Lita behind her. The two Divas square up to each other before Trish wishes Lita luck next week. The two long time rivals shake each others hands as the crowd cheers this moment.

Back in the ring Elix Skipper and Low Ki are out for their match, they say that Christopher Daniels is in no way mentally stable to compete tonight. With this Daniels comes out and says that he is fine. Low and Elix say that he must listen. Suicide could be anyone and Daniels must wait. Daniels says he knows its Akira or someone in league with Akira. Skipper then says that this week Triple X will be joined by.... "The Alpha Male" Monty Brown! Out comes Monty to boos before the Guns make their entrance with both Akira and Alex Riley. The Guns say that they bought A-Ry with them to make sure that the psycho over there (Pointing at Daniels) can't come into play.

Match 3 - Triple X (Low Ki/Skipper) and Monty Brown vs MCMG (Shelley/Sabin) and Akira Kawabata


  • A great 3 man tag match with Triple X and MCMG showing their tag team prowess
  • The action is fast and frantic to start with as the Guns and Akira show off their high flying style
  • At the 8 minute mark the action slows down as Monty Brown grounds Sabin with a flurry of hard hitting offense
  • Triple X utilize quick tags to keep Sabin in the corner but following a missed XXXecution Sabin crawls and Akira explodes into the match
  • Akira takes down Low Ki and causes Brown to run into Skipper before turning towards Daniels. The two face off before the lights go out...
The mask of Suicide can be seen in UV on Akira's face before they come back on and he is back to normal. Daniels acts as if he has seen as ghost and begins to lay into A-RY at ringside as he screams about Suicide. Akira acts as if nothing happened but turns around into a Pounce from Brown.

  • Shelley breaks up the pin and hits the Sliced Bread No.2 on Brown, Skipper in... Play of The Day... connects!
  • Low Ki up top, he's the legal man... Warriors Way connects too! 1...2..... Kickout! Triple X cannot believe it. They go for the Power-Plex...
  • Sabin in... Bum Rush to Skipper. Cradle Shock to Low Ki...1......2.......3!
Winners via Pinfall - The team of MCMG and Akira Kawabata
Post match Sabin celebrates and gets handed the nXt Factor Title, he stares at it before a recovering Shelley snatches it off him and holds it close to his chest. Outside the ring Daniels has completely snapped and has beaten poor A-Ry to a pulp before turning his attention once more to a recovering Akira. He raises a chair above his head before being restrained by the recovered members of Triple X and Monty Brown. He is raving about Suicide. All of a sudden the lights start to go again and Suicide can be seen in the upper balcony, Daniels points but Suicide is gone. Suddenly he is then on the other side of the arena, again only Daniels sees him. Finally Suicide appears at the top of the ramp before gesturing that he will come for Daniels. On commentary Josh Matthews says that whoever is playing Suicide is playing Daniels like a charm and he has never seen anyone get into "The Fallen Angels" head like this.
Backstage Alicia Fox is standing with Mickie James and Mercedes Martinez, the trio are talking about iMplosion and how it may just be the biggest night in Women's Wrestling history. Melissa walks through the shot and all three wish her luck. Melissa says that she has already been closer than any of them to tasting Queen of nXtreme Gold and so she doesn't need Luck as she is that god-damn good! Mickie says that a little luck never hurt anyone though and all four divas laugh. We then cut to where Gail Kim is warming up with Candice Michelle. Gail says that she hasn't been respected in nXtreme so far and that changes with her match next as she books her place in the Chamber. Candice says she doesn't even think Gail will break a sweat.

We get a video package promoting iMplosion showing highlights of the past two season's shows. It finishes by showing a package for the Chamber highlighting how dangerous the match will be, how careers will be shortened by it and how it might just end some of the Queen's careers.
Match 4 - Queen of nXtreme Elimination Chamber Qualifier - Gail Kim vs Cheerleader Melissa



  • The two Queens come out to extremely different reactions, Melissa to large cheers Kim to huge boos
  • The action starts off at a slow pace but soon speeds up as the smaller size of both Queens allows them to wrestle a quick and highly reversing match
  • Kim gets control of the match at about the 5 minute mark following a Happy Ending but Melissa has a counter for nearly everything Kim can throw at her
  • More counter wrestling leads to a great moment at the 12 minute mark as Kim reverses a Damascus Drop into an Eat Defeat!
  • 1...2..... KICKOUT! Kim cannot believe it. She goes for a Toronto Slam, Reversed Air Raid Crash! Connects!
  • Melissa cannot crawl to make the pin quick enough and Kim kicks out at 2.999999.
  • The two continue to counter wrestle for a good few minutes before out of nowhere Melissa slaps in the Kondo Clutch
  • Kim screams in pain and almost makes it to the ropes but Melissa drags her back and after minutes of fighting it has no choice but to tap
Winner via Submission and Qualified for the Chamber - Cheerleader Melissa
Post match Melissa celebrates and makes a title belt motion around her waist. We then cut to a pre-taped interview with Natalya, in it she says that she will not rest until HER Queen of nXtreme title is back around her waist and how last week she showed why she is still the best of the best. She finishes it by saying that amongst legends last season she proved herself and this season will be no different.
Going backstage once final time we see Eddie and Rey warming up, Rey says that tonight they can prove that they deserved to be in the World Title match at iMplosion and not their opponents. Eddie says that all he wants is some payback onto Sin Cara for embarrassing him two weeks ago. We then cut to see JBL and Cara warming up individually. Josh Matthews says that the main event is up next!
Main Event - Sin Cara and John "Bradshaw" Layfield vs Eddie Guerrero and Rey Mysterio

Rey and Eddie enter to huge cheers, JBL to massive boos and Cara to a mixed reaction from the capacity crowd. Matthews puts over the distrust between Cara and JBL and how they can function as a team.


  • A fantastic main event that goes well over 25 minutes. All four men get showcased with each of them hitting several big moves throughout,
  • After the opening the heels get the advantage and isolate Rey, they tag in and out although each tag is hit harder than the last
  • At the 18 minute mark Rey escapes after causing Cara to hit a Tiger Feint Kick on JBL by mistake, Rey crawls and makes the tag!
  • Eddie explodes into the match, suplex after suplex! Cara sent to the outside. JBL goes for a Clothesline from Hell, Eddie under the arm...
  • Three Amigos! The crowd goes wild as Eddie hits the first two but the third causes JBL's leg to collide with the Referee taking him down
Josh Matthews: The referee is down, but I don't think Eddie meant that to happen!

  • Tag to Rey, Dropin Da Dime connects! No one able to count the pin. Cara slides back in with a chair and goes to hit Rey with it. Blocked by Eddie
  • Eddie and Cara face off before going back and forth as Rey tries to wake up the Referee. Eddie suddenly hits a drop toe hold onto Cara
  • The crowd explodes as he falls to the ropes, Rey notices and goes for a 619... JBL back up and hits a huge Clothesline from Hell!
  • Rey rolls to the outside. JBL turns to Eddie.... CRACK! From behind Cara hits JBL with the chair before tossing it to Eddie and rolling out of the ring
  • The referee has just recovered and turns around to see Eddie holding the chair above a fallen JBL and calls for the bell.

Winners via DQ - The team of Sin Cara and John "Bradshaw" Layfield

Post match Eddie pleads with the referee as Sin Cara shouts "¿Puedes sentir el calor? Porque me mintió, me engañó, me robaron y perdí usted" from the ramp. Rey is recovering on the outside and looks confused before looking at Eddie in shock. Meanwhile JBL is just about recovering and stares at Cara who is on the ramp.

Implosion Card
Spoiler:

Gregers

Posts : 15025
Join date : 2011-01-28
Age : 33
Location : Brighton, England

https://www.facebook.com/Gregers25

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Nay Sun 01 Jul 2012, 10:08 pm

Week 3
Injuries - Mike Bennett
NCWF vs. SCW

Opening of show

The crowd pop for the opening of NCWF before going into overdrive as Flair and DDP make there way to the ring, Flair looks pretty beat up. Flair thanks DDP for showing up last week shouting that it shows the Flair name still holds great sway in this business. He then starts telling everyone that The "Pure Bloods" have lot to learn if they think they can just take control of NCWF because him and DDP have been dealing you young punks like them all their careers, before calling them out. Armand Estrada comes out and says that last he looked he was in charge of NCWF and made the matches and Flair and DDP already had matches against jack swagger and Bully Ray respectively.

Match 1

Seth Rollins vs. El Mesias

1. Seth Rollins come out with Mike Bennett and Michael Elgin to massive heat, El Mesias comes out to a good pop
2. El Mesias takes the early offence with a more fast paced offence.
3. Seth Rollins fights back with a more technical and power based offence.
4. El Mesias gets back into the match and both wrestlers continue to trade shots.
5. El Mesias gains the upper hand until Michael Elgin jumps onto the apron and distracts El Mesias, Rollins hits Avada Kedavra to pick up the win .
6. As Mesias turns Rollins hits Avada Kedavra to pick up the win 1-2-3

Backstage segment

Seth Rollins is with an interviewer backstage, he asks who flair thought he was calling out a "The Pure Bloods" before saying he should watch what he wishes for as this Group that will prove to be more dominant than the horseman ever were and he or DDP don’t really want to get in its way.

Match 2

Bully Ray vs. DDP

1. DDP comes to the ring first to a big pop, Bully Ray then comes to the ring to heat.
2. Bully Ray takes the early advantage, using his strength to overpower DDP and dictate the match.
3. DDP fights back and uses a more technical move set to keep Mesias on the back foot.
4. DDP makes a mistake and this allows Bully Ray to gain the upper hand once again.
5. Bully ray lifts DDP up for a powerbomb only for it to be countered into the diamond cutter and DDP picking up the win.
6. Backstage Mesias can be seen grinning at a moniter after watching the match.

Backstage segment

Hama comes out to the stage and cuts a promo saying that come the Womans championship match there is no way shw can lose against someone talentless bimbo only in the business because of her father.

Match 3

Michael Elgin vs. Doug Williams

1. Michael Elgin comes out with Mike Bennett first to loud heat, whereas Doug Williams comes out to a fair pop.
2. Elgin takes control in the beginning of the match with his brawling tactics.
3. Williams gets back into the match and speeds up the match to keep Elgin off balance.
4. Elgin again overpowers Williams to keep fully gain control of the match once again.
5. Elgin taunts Williams as Bennett Climbs up onto the apron again only to get be dragged down and thrown into the steps by Flair and DDP, the distraction allows williams to get a roll up win
6. Elgin Goes to attack DDP and Flair but thinks better of it and trash talks them form the ring instead

In ring segment

Brian Pillman comes to the ring to major heat from the fans. Pillman says that he is sick of watching this company put out dross and the fans just lapping it up. he tells them if this what they like he is soon going to blow there mind. He then says he has been scouting and the time is very soon.

Match 4

Bret Hart vs Jerry Lynn

1. Bret Hart comes out first to Huge Pop, while Jerry linn comes out to a decent pop.
2. Linn takes the early offensive, using his speed advantage to his gain.
3. Bret comes back into the match with using his technical offence.
4. Linn and Bret trade blows until both men are both looking the worse for wear.
5. Bret finally get the advantage before locking in the sharpshooter, Just as it looks like Linn is going to Tap, Bret is attacked from behind by Swagger and placed into the Angle Lock
6. Swagger is finally dragged off by a number of refs as Bret is on the ground holding his ankle, Swagger celebrates loudly as if he has just won a match

Backstage segment

Jack swagger is with an interviewer he says that week on week he is proving to be best the technical wrestler and submission specialist in this company and he will now make Flair tap like he did Bret

Main Event

Jack Swagger vs Ric Flair

1. Jack Swagger comes out first to huge heat from the crowd, Ric Flair then comes out to a huge pop and walks down to the ring followed by DDP
2. The match startes evenly both men getting a number of technichal take downs, but no one getting any sutained pressure
3. Jack Swagger finally manages to get the upperhand with a couple of suplexes
4. Flair gets back on top after he lifts his knees as swagger comes down on him from the corner
5. While Flair looks ready to set Swagger up for the Figure four, Rollins and Elgin run down down to the ring only to be met by DDP halfway up and Bret Hart charging out behind them
6. Swagger finally taps as Flair picks up the win and the fighting starts to creep into the ring,
7. The show goes off air with a full out riot going on in the ring.

Nay

Posts : 4582
Join date : 2011-01-28
Age : 42
Location : Scotland

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Crimey Sun 01 Jul 2012, 11:10 pm

Week 3
nXtreme vs. VWE

Injuries: Wade Barrett/CIMA

The show begins with a pyrotechnics show, Normal Smiley welcomes the audience to the first ever edition of Violent Wrestling Entertainment. He introduces R.D. Evans who tells the audience that VWE is short of any kind of authority. The matches are made by the B.O.D. earlier in the day but there is nobody to make the big decisions once the show has kicked off, and this could cause huge problems. Norman Smiley tells us that the card tonight looks like this:

Brodus Clay vs. Ted DiBiase Jr.

Tajiri/Shinsuke Nakamura vs. Zack Ryder/TJ Perkins

Brock Lesnar vs. Booker T

and the main event
Wade Barrett vs. Austin Aries

But first, Robert Roode is going to to address the fans.

Robert Roode comes out to boos from the fans and he gets into the ring. He tells the fans that right now the VWE World Title is up for grabs, the BOD have said that it will be contested for at the PPV in three weeks...Anarchy. Robert Roode is out here to stake his claim. He's already been a success wherever he has gone and now he's ready to be a success in VWE. He knows that...Roode is interrupted by Wade Barrett's music and he walks out and says that tonight, he will face Austin Aries and when he beats Austin Aries, well he'll just be one step closer to the world title....before Roode can reply, Austin Aries is in the crowd who are cheering for him, he says that Barrett is jumping the gun, that he's the Greatest Man who ever lived and Wade Barrett is just a flash in the pan. It is Austin Aries who will win tonight and will go onto win the world title at Anarchy...no matter who he has to face. Norman Smiley cuts it off as tensions rise, he tells the audience that we're going for an ad break and Brodus Clay and Ted Dibiase will be in action... NEXT!

Brodus Clay vs. Ted Dibiase

- Brodus Clay is cheered loudly by the fans as he dances out, Ted Dibiase however is booed, he ignores the fans.
- Dibiase starts strongly but can't even knock the big man off of his feet.
- A shift in momentum in the match as Brodus Clay starts dominating Ted Dibiase, but the 2nd generation star manages to get back into it with a smart drop toe hold.
- Norman Smiley points out that most guys who face Clay are down and out by now.
- Dibiase goes for a Dream Street but can't lift Brodus Clay who manages to reverse it into a Samoan Drop and then a big splash for the 123.

After the match Norman Smiley praises both men, Dibiase for nearly winning the match and Brodus Clay for being as dominating as usual and not being put off by Dibiase's fight. Clay dances out of the ring. And VWE cuts to an advertisement for Anarchy which promotes the world title being on the line.

The show comes back and is backstage, Brodus Clay is still dancing through the backstage when Booker T comes around the corner. He congratulates Brodus on the win, but says that when he starts beating real competition like he'll beat Brock Lesnar tonight or when he's a 6 time, 6 time, 6 time world champion then he can dance...Booker T gets on the floor and does a spinaroono on the floor and Brodus Clay can't help but smile as Booker pats him on the shoulder and walks off.

After an ad break we cut to the ring where Tajiri and Shinsuke Nakamura are already in the ring. They both have microphones and tell the crowd that they are the Fast and the Furious and tonight they're going to beat the American scum of opponents TJ Perkins and Zack Ryder, the Beach Boys.

The Fast and the Furious vs. The Beach Boys

- The match is extremely fast paced but the crowd are firmly behind the Beach Boys who play up to their support.
- It nearly costs them though as Tajiri and Nakamura are clearly in tune which each other and combine to deadly effect.
- Zack is isolated by the two Japanese stars but suddenly he manages to fight his way out of it and tags in Perkins to a big cheer. He hits many highflying moves before going for a top rope 530 Corkscrew Senton.
- Tajiri lowblows Perkins on the top rope and the match is over.

R.D. Evans and Norman Smiley say how disgusting of a tactic that was after such a good, fast-paced match. They say that it's unlikely to be the end of that one because while Zack Ryder and TJ Perkins are fun loving guys, they do not take being disrespected like that well.

Brock Lesnar is warming up backstage, he notices the camera man out of the corner of his eye and storms towards the camera which is shaking a lot. He tells everybody that tonight he's going to destroy Booker T, he's going to lay his own claim to the world title because Wade Barrett...Austin Aries...Bobby Roode? They think they're the Next Big Thing...they're wrong, Brock Lesnar is at the top, there is no room for the Next Big Thing, he already is THE Big Thing!

Brock Lesnar vs. Booker T

-Brock Lesnar is booed by the fans loudly while Booker T gets a really good reaction.
- Brock starts the match off incredibly aggressively. Showing no respect for Booker T, he throws him around and hits an incredible military press.
- Booker T tries to get back into the match with lots of kicks, but Brock Lesnar takes each blow without even flinching. He lifts Booker T up and destroys him with a viscous F5.
- Brock is not happy with just that and locks in the Brock Lock until Booker T taps.

Norman Smiley points out that Brock Lesnar looked devestating and just wiped the floor with a former world champion. Booker T looks badly injured while Lesnar looks on with no mercy. R.D. Evans says he fears for Booker T's health and well-being, because he just didn't get into this match at all.

After the show comes back from the advertisements, Brock Lesnar is storming through the backstage area, people like CIMA, Jimmy Jacobs, Mike Awesome are doing their best to get out of his way as he angrily walks through. He comes to Wade Barrett who smirks. The crowd can't decide who they dislike more. Wade tells Lesnar that beating up old, past it, has-beens doesn't make him a world title contender...it makes him a coward. He tells him that this is VWE, not UFC, he can't hand-pick easy opponents here. Lesnar looks absolutely furious and Barrett slaps him across the face. Lesnar smashes into Barrett and starts beating him against the wall, but Barrett is fighting him off. Security pours into the backstage area trying to pull the men apart.

Norman Smiley says that we better hope security sorted that out as Barrett is in action right now.

Wade Barrett vs. Austin Aries
-Austin Aries comes out to the most positive reaction of the night, he makes a title belt motion around his waist as he makes his way to the ring.
- Wade Barrett's music plays but he doesn't arrive.

Suddenly, Brock Lesnar's music plays instead and the huge man stands on the stage. He looks furious, as he storms down the ramp. Austin Aries is ready for a fight and when Lesnar slides into the ring, as soon as he gets up Aries connects with a swift kick to his skull to a huge cheer. Aries tries to get out of the ring away from the monster that is Lesnar but Bobby Roode is ring side and he kicks Aries between the legs to huge boos. Bobby Roode gets into the ring and stands over Brock Lesnar his arms raised. VWE cuts backstage showing Wade Barrett out cold in his locker room. R.D. Evans says that Lesnar must have sneak-attacked him. Norman Smiley says there are four men right now, all with a chance at the world title, but what will the BOD decide next week...we'll found out then.

Quick results:

Brodus Clay b. Ted Dibiase
The Beach Boys b. Tajiri/Shinsuke Nakamura (DQ)
Brock Lesnar b. Booker T
Austin Aries d. Wade Barrett (No Contest)

Crimey
Admin
Admin

Posts : 16490
Join date : 2011-02-14
Age : 30
Location : Galgate

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Guest Mon 02 Jul 2012, 1:20 am

Week 3
Snake City Wrestling vs. NCWF
Injury - Necro Butcher

WELCOME TO THE SNAKEPIT!!

SCW goes live, as always, from The King Power Stadium, Leicester, as the sell out crowd go mad. William Regal welcomes us to another blockbuster SCW show as we carry on heading into what promises to be an epic PPV, SCW: Salvation! He recaps the ending of last weeks show and is cut off discussing Salvation's main event by Shawn Michaels' music hitting. The crowd pop big as he show-boats his way to the ring, with his usual pyro displays. He spends a few minutes saluting the packed arena, standing on each turnbuckle, applauding the fans.

When the ovation dies down, HBK says that this is no mirage, no illusion... This is The Heartbreak Kid, Shawn Michaels in S. C. W!! The crowd pop as Michaels says that he was on the look out for somewhere huge to wrestle, he needed a new challenge, different scenery and whilst he would have chosen SCW anyway, he couldn't help but be drawn here by the sheer idiocy of the World Champion, The Rock. The Rock has let his ego run wild and is claiming that SCW is his, and only his, when it is so much more! SCW is the peoples, the people The Rock has left behind, so HBK has come to SCW to restore the dignity The Rock sucked out of it. And one more thing, The Rock isn't a showstopper... There's only one Show Stopper!! The crowd pop as HBK poses but he is cut off by The Rock.

The Rock says his jaw is still sore from the job HBK did on it last week, so won't be competing tonight, however, he's been given the power to elect HBK's first SCW opponent, and after much deliberation, it came to him in a flash of brilliance, The Heartbreak Kid, Shawn Michaels against The Viper, Randy Orton.

HBK retorts that he was tipped off with this arrangement so was able to secure himself the opportunity to choose The Rock's opponent for next week, a great wrestler, and someone The Rock will be unfamiliar with, Eddie Edwards.

The segment concludes with a staredown between the two men.


Match 1 - Drew McIntyre vs Ryo Saito

A dominant display by McIntyre, as he adds to his growing Global Title credentials, pinning Saito after The Futureshock DDT.

Match 2 - Tommaso Ciampa vs. Sandman

-William Regal hypes both men up, saying that both have hopes for their respective divisions.
-MVP and McIntyre are shown watching on monitors in the back, as Ciampa dominates the early going, using his technical prowess to stifle Sandman's brawn approach. He goes close a couple of times.
-Sandman capitalises on a Ciampa mistake and uses his experience to keep Ciampa suppressed.
- Ciampa behind the referee's back hits Sandman with a low blow and hits The Project Ciampa, securing the win.
- Ciampa motions a title round his waist and leaves the ring.
- Sandman is helped up by the referee but is blindsided by Necro Butcher who hits Sandman with The Necro Bomb and stands over him before bludgeoning him with Sandman's trademark Cane as Regal reminds us of The King of The Extreme division.

Backstage, we see Ricky and Richie Steamboat. The tension is palpable as Ricky shouts Richie down about his petulance last week, nearly costing him a win. Richie argues back that Ricky has only ever been bothered about winning and not about his family. Ricky retorts that Richie is just being a spoilt brat and that he needs to be a team player tonight in their tag match. Ricky goes to leave but turns back to Richie and says that if they lose tonight, Richie will be accountable...

Match 3 - Ricky and Richie Steamboat vs. Scott Hall/Sabu

-The tension in both teams is evident throughout, with both exchanging tags and staredowns through out.
-At one stage, Richie pauses as he considers not reaching out to tag his father, the victim of a boston crab by Hall.
-The ending comes when Ricky is set to hit the Diving Crossbody to Hall, when Richie nicks a blind tag and hits Hall with the springboard variant.
-The count is academic and post match, an incensed Ricky chastises his son for being so selfish. The continue to argue and eventually square up to one another, before Richie pushes his father and leaves.
- After the Steamboats have left, Sabu preys on Hall, but as he goes to lift him, Hall kicks him between the legs, hitting a Razor's Edge, as Regal exclaims that he cannot simply call the Extreme Division at the moment!

Backstage, we see Sheamus enter the arena, he's headed to the ring area, when John Laurinaitis and security guards cut him off. Big Johnny says he holds Sheamus accountable for last week's brawl with Orton and as a result, he is banned from the arena tonight. Sheamus is furious and says Big Johnny will regret screwing him like he has and that he hasn't seen the last of him.

Match 4 - Eddie Edwards vs. Caprice Coleman

This match never got underway, as whilst making his way to the ring, Edwards was attacked by The Rock, who slammed him into the stage several times, before hitting Edwards with a Rock Bottom on the stage. The Rock taunted Edwards and was booed heavily, as SCW went to commercial.

Main Event - Shawn Michaels vs. Randy Orton

As expected, a fantastic match that ebbed and flowed, as both men exchanged control and came close on several occasions.

One of the best moments of the match came, when after hitting his patented back breaker, Orton looked for the punt to the head to Michaels, who seemed to be struggling. Orton went in for it, but Michaels withdrew his head at the last second, rocking Orton with a Sweet Chin Music on the rebound, as both men collapsed to the mat.

The ending came when The Rock came out to psyche out HBK who was tuning up the band, ready for another Sweet Chin Music.

The Rock climbed on to the apron, and him and HBK went nose to nose as the referee tried to separate them. Like The Viper he is, Orton smelled blood and primed himself for the RKO, but from the crowd, came Sheamus, who slid into the ring and low blowed Orton. Sheamus quickly fled as the referee banished The Rock and HBK capitalised on Orton's misfortune to hit a Sweet Chin Music and claim the win.

After the match, there was another staredown between The Rock and HBK, as Regal talked up their growing rivalry, and how things in SCW were hotting up every week as we moved head on towards Salvation.

Guest
Guest


Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Guest Tue 03 Jul 2012, 2:23 am

Week 4
SCW vs. MWF
Injury - Eddie Edwards

Eddie Edwards revealed by HBK to be injured after The Rock's attack. HBK reveals that he has a reserve who will remain a mystery.

Match 1 - Tommaso Ciampa defeated MVP

Match 2 - Necro Butcher defeated Sandman

John Laurinaitis revealed that at Salvation we will see a Tournament for the Global Title, between MVP, Eddie Edwards, Drew McIntyre and Tommaso Ciampa, with the semi's and final being there.

Match 3 - Scott Hall beat Ricky Steamboat with a roll up after intereference by Richie Steamboat.

Match 4 - Randy Orton beat Ryo Saito.

Drew McIntyre cut a promo about winning the Global title.

The Rock is show staring at his SCW Title.

Main Event - The Rock vs. Sheamus.

Sheamus is revealed to be the mystery opponent.

HBK is at ringside to watch.

The ending comes when Randy Orton RKO's Sheamus out of nowhere, HBK tries to equalise, but is attacked by The Rock. The show ends with The Rock Rock Bottoming HBK and taunting him.

Guest
Guest


Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by sodhat Sat 07 Jul 2012, 7:24 pm

Week 4

TAWA vs Nxtreme

The show opens with Joey Styles welcoming us to the show, as Chris Jericho comes out to the stage. He says that last week Mr Anderson acted in a cowardly manner, leaving him to face the tag team champions on his own – hardly actions befitting a champion. Jericho says he isn’t surprised though, Anderson was carried by Jericho throughout that match. Jericho showed exactly why he is the best in the world and why Anderson can’t hope to reach his level. Ever.

Anderson comes out to the stage and tells Jericho he’s all talk. What he saw last week was Jericho trying to leave him in the dirt and he made him pay for being a sneaky, conniving, son of a bitch. He says tonight isn’t going to be about Jericho’s mouth, it’s going to be about action and Jericho better be prepared because Anderson is picking his opponent, and he’ll be ringside to watch very closely…

But he tells Jericho not to get on his high horse talking about unfairness just yet, because next week Jericho gets to pick Anderson’s opponent, by order of Teddy Long.

Match 1: Mike Quackenbush vs Mark Henry

Quackenbush comes out and says that he gets Evan Bourne’s pain, being constantly bullied by guys like Henry. Big guys that think it’s their right to belittle their opponents. Well tonight he’s going to show Henry that it’s not all brawn – brains will win the day.

With that Henry comes down to the ring and looks all business.

• Henry takes control early and bullies Quackenbush
• Quackenbush fights out of a world’s strongest slam and attacks Henry’s legs with kicks and evades the big man to land shots. He rolls Henry up for a close two count before Henry powers out and tries to get back to his feet.
• Quackenbush drop kicks Henry to the knee to keep him down and follows up with a leg drop to the back of his neck for two.
• Henry gets back up and starts swiping for Quackenbush but he can’t get him.
• Eventually he catches up with Quackenbush and nails a thunderous world’s strongest slam to pin for three.

Winner by pinfall: Mark Henry

After the match Henry looks a little perturbed as he leaves the ring. Styles says maybe Henry’s size can be overcome with a little intelligence…

Latin America come out to the stage with Hunico leading Primo and Epico.

Hunico says last week they made a statement that they are taking over this show, and this federation. He says they beat the British Bulldogs last week and to his mind, that makes Primo and Epico the number one contenders to the tag team titles. And this week, when he beats Santino in his non-title match, he can’t be denied the chance to take the TV championship away from him once and for all.

The British Bulldogs come out at this point and Dynamite tells Hunico that they couldn’t beat the Bulldogs fair and square last week. That doesn’t make them number one contenders, it makes them pretenders. And the Bulldogs demand they face them again and they can decide it properly.

Hunico says there is no point. They’d just be beaten again; Epico and Primo are the best tag team in the world and they will face The Young Bucks to prove it!

Teddy Long comes out to the stage and tells them there is only one way to settle it and it’ll be a number one contendership match next week. The winner will get a guaranteed shot at The Young Bucks for the belts. But this week, they still better get into their wrestling gear because they will be in the ring, Epico vs Davey Boy Smith and Primo vs Dynamite Kid will be tonight!

Match 2: Epico vs Davey Boy Smith

• Epico starts out by exiting the ring, but Davey follows and throws him back in and begins to assert his strength advantage over him.
• Epico comes back into it with a well timed hurricanrana and Davey is baffled by the quickness of his opponent. Epico uses all the ring to his advantage and uses ropes for leverage to try and keep Davey down for three.
• Epico goes to the top rope but Davey is up in time to pick him up and gorilla press him to the mat. He follows this up with a running powerslam and makes the pin for the victory.

Winner by pinfall: Davey Boy Smith

Styles says Primo needs to restore some balance with a win, and that’s up next…

Match 3: Primo vs Dynamite Kid

• Dynamite and Primo exchange quick mat manoeuvres and some excellent chain wrestling to begin with before Dynamite gets Primo in a stiff headlock and tries to start wearing him down.
• Primo fights back with elbows and nails a DDT followed by a sharp leg drop to get a quick count.
• They resume sparring with neither man able to assert dominance.
• Dynamite eventually puts Primo down with a german suplex and goes for the diving headbutt but Primo rolls out of the way and stomps Dynamite when he is down.
• Primo methodically beats Dynamite up and stomps his limbs before locking in a figure four leg lock to damage him further. Dynamite makes the rope and Primo takes til 4 to release.
• Primo lifts Dynamite up but is surprised by a second wind and Dynamite fights Primo into the corner before hitting a running splash and as he lines up for a second one, Primo pulls the referee in the way and he is laid out.
• While the ref is down, Primo pulls out the brass knuckles from last week and hits Dynamite square between the eyes. He covers the unconscious Dynamite just as the ref comes round and slowly counts it down.

Winner by pinfall: Primo

At the end of the match Primo makes a quick exit but runs in to Davey on the ramp and starts backing up. Davey is then ambushed from behind by Epico and laid out as Primo and Epico back up the ramp grinning.

Backstage, Shamrock is being interviewed and he says he is ecstatic. Ecstatic that he put that rat Raven down last week. That he removed any notion that he was scared of him, and that he broke his will as well as his ankle. If he wants the hardcore match, he can have it. Shamrock is right here – but where is Raven? Hospital. So rest up that ankle and if you can walk by the time the PPV comes around, the Shamrock will be only too happy to break his other ankle.

Match 4: Hunico vs Santino Marella

Hunico comes out to the ring with a mic and says he is proud of his stable mates, they showed true Latin spirit in the face of the pathetic Bulldog’s sneak attack. He says he has told them to go home and rest up for next week, he can handle Santino all alone.

Santino comes out to a big pop, with the TV title around his waist.

• Hunico starts aggressively and pounds on Santino shouting in Spanish.
• Hunico is in control but he gets cocky and Santino takes advantage with hiptosses and an elbow drop, before a two count.
• Santino keeps the pressure on Hunico and lands a string of moves but he can’t keep him down for three.
• He takes Hunico up to the top and looks to go for a super-plex but is pushed backwards and Hunico his a splash from the top for two.
• Hunico now takes his time and looks to grind Santino down with a series of suplexes and headlocks.
• Hunico puts Santino down with a dropkick and goes up top for a senton to finish it. He poses on the top rope and taunts the crowd in Spanish which allows Santino to knock the ropes and hang Hunico up. Santino pulls him down and nails a cobra to end it.

Winner by pinfall: Santino Marella

Santino celebrates but before he is handed his belt he is ambushed by Primo and Epico and beaten down. Hunico comes round and pushes the others out of the way and starts stomping too.

As they continue to beat Santino, suddenly Kozlov comes out to the ring and headbutts Primo in the chest, throws Epico over the top rope, and Hunico escapes out of the ring before he can get to him. Latin America regroup on the ramp and stare back to the ring where Kozlov stands inviting them to come back and fight him.

Joey Styles thinks Santino may have found a very valuable ally…

Anderson comes out and says he knows what the fans want. They want to see Jericho beaten, and that’s exactly what he’s going to try and give them. He’s chosen Jericho’s opponent very carefully, someone with all the skills to shut his mouth tonight before he shuts it once and for all.

With that, Chris Benoit’s music hits and he makes his way out to the ring as Joey Styles reminds us of the history between Jericho and Benoit in the last couple of weeks.

Jericho comes out next and gets in the ring and applauds Anderson sarcastically before they get underway.

Match 5: Chris Jericho vs Chris Benoit

• Jericho and Benoit start slowly, feeling each other out. Eventually they lock up and Benoit out-strengths Jericho. They lock up again but this time Jericho powers Benoit off.
• They up the pace and go through their repetoires without either seeming to be in complete control.
• Jericho tries mocking Benoit with triple German suplexes but before the last one Benoit reverses out and nails his own trifecta.
• Benoit dominates Jericho and lands a diving headbutt, before locking in the crossface. Jericho squirms and screams but can’t escape, so he slowly pulls towards the ropes and makes it before he taps.
• Benoit gets up and pulls Jericho up and back to the centre of the ring but is hit by a surprise codebreaker. They both lie motionless for a few seconds.
• They both rise at the same time and exchange punches, with a real brawl developing with neither man backing down.
• Benoit ducks Jericho’s punch and drops him with a drop toe hold in the centre of the ring and locks in another crossface. Jericho squirms towards the ropes again but looks on the verge of tapping when out of nowhere a blonde guy leaps the barrier and smashes a bottle over Benoit’s head from ringside. The referee calls for the bell…

Winner by DQ: Chris Benoit

Jericho rolls out of the ring in agony as Benoit realises what happened. The blonde man is in the ring, and it’s Owen Hart! Hart sets Benoit up for a piledriver and nails it. He stands over Benoit smirking.

Mr Anderson on commentary says he can’t believe what he saw, but at least Jericho got the beating he deserved. Joey Styles wonders why on Earth Owen Hart wanted to attack Benoit but suggested next week we may know more. He wishes everyone a good night as it goes off air.

sodhat

Posts : 22236
Join date : 2011-02-28
Age : 35
Location : London

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by ncfc_Tooze Sun 08 Jul 2012, 11:38 am

MWF vs SCW
Injury- Rhino

MWF TV S3 Ep4

Opening Segment
After the opening video, we cut to the ring where Paul Heyman is stood in the ring. He demands that the man who attacked Rhino and Injured him come to the ring right now and unveil himself. Suddenly Cult of Personality hits and CM Punk makes his way to the ring. He gets in the ring and says since he is a Heyman guy and knows who it is he will tell him but on one condition, that he is given a MWF title match right here tonight against Burchill, Heyman agrees and Punk tells the world who it is. The man who attacked Rhino is………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Sterling James Keenan. Mainlining Murder hits and Keenan makes his way to the ring. Punk scurrys from the ring leaving Heyman alone with SJK, Keenan Kicks Heyman in the stomach and hits the MK Ultra on him to close the segment.


Match 1- AJ Styles vs PAC

• Hard Hitting, Fast Paced, High Flying match here.
• AJ, the slightly bigger man trys to use power against PAC, hitting a couple of Nasty looking powerbombs that gain him a 2 count
• AJ now looks to dominate, Hitting a Pele Kick, which gains him another 2 count. Styles looks shocked
• PAC fights his way back into the match hitting some stiff kicks.
• PAC flys around the ring getting several close falls on Styles
• The match now evens itself out for a bit
• PAC hits a standing moonsault before climbing the ropes and hitting the 720 splash for the 3 count.

Winner by Pin - PAC

Post Match
PAC says that he has just defeated the X division champion; therefore he should be the number one contender to the title. Ricardo Rodriguez who has been put in charge for the evening comes to the ring and says that he agrees but he has only been given powers to make matches here tonight. But he will talk to Heyman and will have an answer for him next week.


Match 2- Batista vs Titus O’Neill

• This is a squash match
• Batista uses his power and strength to annihilate O’Neill
• Batista hits a spinebuster before scraping Titus up from the Mat and hitting the Batista bomb for the 3 count.

Winner by Pin- Batista.


Match 3- Allison Danger and Rhia O’Reilly vs Britani Knight and Sofia Cortez

• Britani and Danger start things out, Lots of history in MWF between these 2 so no suprise when each women hits the other with some violent looking shots.
• The two women look as though they could be DQ’d several times throughout.
• Danger hits the old school expulsion on Knight, but gains only a 2 count.
• Danger gets angry and punishes Knight with several stiff uppercuts and lariets.
• Knight hits an enzegurie and rushes to tag in Cortez.
• Cortez comes in full of fire and takes down Danger with several clotheslines
• Danger retreats to the corner and tags in O’Reilly
• O’ Reilly now dominates Cortez and hits a big Choke bomb, she makes the cover.
• Before Knight can get into the ring to break the count Danger charges from the opposite corner and knocks her off the apron. The ref counts to 3

Winners by Pinfall- Allison Danger and Rhia O’Reilly


Backstage
Corino and SJK are seen talking in the locker room, the last thing that is heard being said to SJK is ‘You know the plan’



Match 4- Vampiro vs Steve Corino

• Even match neither man are able to get an advantage over the other.
• Corino hits a big lariat, but only gains a 2 count.
• Corino now works over the back and rib area of Vampiro, Vampiro is in clear pain. Schiavone says that Vampiro suffered heavy bruising and 2 broken ribs in the fall from the balcony last week.
• Vamp begins fighting back into the match.
• Vampiro hits a nail in the coffin but as he goes for a cover SJK appears with a chain wrapped around his fist from under the ring.
• Vampiro trys to fight SJK away but Corino comes up behind and hits a low blow, SJK hits Vampiro with the chain, the ref has no choice to DQ Corino.
• Corino and SJK Beat up Vampiro.

Winner by DQ- Vampiro



Post Match
Corino and SJK Continue the beat down on Vampiro. Until Ricardo Rodriguez’s music hits he comes to the stage microphone in hand, he says that he has just finished talking to Paul Heyman and he said that at the PPV it will be an Extreme War Games Match, Corino, SJK and a Partner of there choosing vs Heyman’s Team of Vampiro, Rhino and this man. Two Worlds go to war hits and Danny Boy Collins comes to the stage. Corino looks on furious.



Match 5- MWF Title Match- CM Punk vs Paul Burchill © (MWF Title Rules, 10X3 minute rounds 2 out of 3 falls, Full Details on MWF Page)

Round 1- Even round, with neither man able to gain an advantage over the other.
Round 2- Burchill begins hitting his power moves to take the advantage
Round 3- Burchill carries on where he left off and hits a C4 followed by a standing shooting star press, but before he can make the cover the bell rings to end the round.
Round 4- Burchill starts the round off strong before Punk is able to pull off a flurry of kicks, Punk hits the GTS to gain the first fall of the match- 1-0 Punk
Round 5- Punk jumps Burchill before the bell can ring, and continues where he left off until Burchill hits a flurry of hard shots.
Round 6- Burchill hits a C4 and wins the second fall of the match, his first to tie the match- 1-1
Round 7- Punk goes to the outside and takes a walk around the ringside area. Burchill follows him out and the 2 brawl. Burchill throws Punk back into the ring, but as he tries to get back in Punk baseball slides him and then hits a plancha over the top rope.
Round 8- Even round, no one getting an advantage over the other, lots of hard hitting action
Round 9- as the round comes to the last minute the 2 men are scraping on the top rope, Punk takes advantage and hooks the arms of Burchill, he hits the Pepsi Plunge and Makes the Cover, 1…….2…………..3. Punk wins the fall and the match.

Winner 2 falls to 1 and New MWF Champion- CM Punk

Post Match
As Punk is Celebrating in the ring, Nigel Mcguinness appears on the screen of the Tron and says congratulations but at the PPV he will have to face him and there will be only one winner. The screen fades as Punk goes back to Celebrating, he is caught with a big uppercut as the crowd go wild, Mcguinness is in the ring. Mcguinness picks Punk up and places his feet over the top rope and hits the London Bridge as the show closes.


Current Nightmare on Oak Street 3 Card

Spoiler:

ncfc_Tooze
Global Moderator
Global Moderator

Posts : 9235
Join date : 2011-01-25
Age : 33
Location : North Walsham,Norfolk

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Nay Sun 08 Jul 2012, 7:17 pm

Week 4
Injuries - Bully Ray
NCWF vs. VWE

Opening of show

The show starts to a huge cheer from the crowd, before a more mixed reaction can be heard as Armand Estrada makes his way to the ring. The GM says that this is his show and the lack of discipline being shown by the roster, he points to the Titantron and clips of the riot at the end of last weeks are shown. He says enough is enough and that tonight the Flair and DDP will compete in a best of 3 matches against the Pure Bloods, the winner deciding the Stipulation for a Match at the upcoming PPV. At this ElMesias makes his way to the ring and asks when this show became all about them these 5 wrestlers, But Before he can say anything else Bully Ray appears microphone in hand saying that hell must of frozen over because he is agreeing with El Mesias. Bully Ray climbs into the ring and starts attacking El Messias by smacking him over the head repeatedly with the Mic, Shouting if this is what it takes to get noticed in this company he will quite happily go there. Security finally stop the attack and Estrada says that Bully Ray is now suspended for the rest of the night and has to leave the building.
Match 1

Michael Elgin vs. Ric Flair

1. Michael Elgin comes out to heat while Ric Flair Comes out to a huge Pop
2. The match starts with both men going toe to toe before Elgin gets on top
3. Elgin keeps up the pressure on concentrating all attackings on Flairs legs
4. Elgin stays on top with some heavy offence due to Flair being unable to stand properly
5. Out of no where flair manages to lock in the Figure Four leglock.
6. Michael Elgin tries all he can to escape the Figure four, before it finally becomes to much and he has to Tap out

Backstage segment

DDP & Flair are in Estrada office asking how the hell this is fair as it means at least one of them would have to wrestle twice putting them at a disadvantage, Estrada says he des not care and they should have thought about that before, before telling them to get out his office as he doesn’t want to here from anyone again tonight.

Match 2

Jerry Linn Vs Doug Williams

1. The Match starts with a high pace with losts of jumps, hurricanrans and hiptosses before Williams hits a hefty dropkick
2. Williams Keeps on top until he misjudges a suicide dive and Linn manages to dodges, Linn climbs back into the ring
3. The ref gets to 6 in his count as williams gets up nlly to be caught by a moonsault to the outside by Linn
4. Bothe men slowly climb back into the ring and start to go at toe to toe before linn comes out n top and goes for the irish whip against the ropes
5. Williams manages to reverse the irish whip into Chaos theory and picks up the win 1-2-3
6. As Both men shake hands after a great match, Pillman comes out of no where attacking both men and leaving them lying in the ring before heading straight backstage

Backstage segment
Pillman is being interviewed, he says he attacked both men because who shakes hands after battle, this is why he is the best and he is going t prove it by becoming the first NCWF cruiserweight champion, and as he has just proved no one can stop him
Match 3

Jack Swagger vs. El Mesias

1. El Mesias comes the ring, gorilla monsoon comments how he cant be full strength after he was attacked by Bully Ray
2. The match starts and el Mesias gets off to a quick start hitting swagger with a few power moves
3. Swagger quickly gets into the match using his technical skills to keep el mesias off
4. Swagger takes full control when he hits a e mesias across with a big kick aggrevating the earlier head wound
5. Swagger hits the Gutwrench Power Bomb but instead of going for the pin he locks in the Ankle Lock staring at Bret until el Mesias finally taps

In Ring Segment

Jack swagger says that he is sick of Bret hart claiming to the best there was, the best there is and the best there ever will be, because he is the all American American the best this country has to offer and he is not letting some Yokel Canadian come over he and getting ideas above his station before pointing at Bret and challenging him to Match at the next week.

Match 4

Mike Bennett vs DDP

1. , Mike Bennet comes out to serious heat.
2. DDP takes the early control of the match, using a more slow paced and technical attack.
3. Bennet comes back with more fast paced offence that weakens DDP.
4. DDP goes for the surprise Diamond Cutter only to be pushed away by bennet who collides into the ref pushing him out the ring.
5. As DDP turns the he his caught with a low blow and then the Box office smash, and second ref reaches the ring in time to count to 3
6. Bennet keep beating down on DDP before finally leaving arm aloft.

Main Event

Seth Rollins vs Ric Flair

Ric Flair makes his way to the ring still limping from his earlier match to a huge Pop, He whispers something to the announcer before climbing out the ring and taking a set next to the commentators. The announcer lifts the Mic and starts Ladies and Gentleman due to an Injury To Ric Flair there has been a change to the scheduled Main Event First let me introduce Seth Rollins. Rollins gets into the ring a bg smile on face knowing that DDP has just wrestled. And his opponent THE BIG SHOW!!!!!

1. Seth rollins protests with the ref as Big show reaches the ring before turning and attacking Show as he comes over the ropes
2. Seth rollins keeps on the attack drop kicking the knees of show trying to keep him off his feet
3. Finally show manages to swat away rollins after he goes for one to many drop kicks
4. Show manhandles rollins, and uses his power to keep dominating him
5. Elgin and Bennett run down to the ring to distract Show for a second
6. But as Rollins go to attack him from behind Show is ready with WMD for the win
7. The show goes off air with Big Shows arm aloft over a crumpled Seth Rollins.

Nay

Posts : 4582
Join date : 2011-01-28
Age : 42
Location : Scotland

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Gregers Sun 08 Jul 2012, 11:59 pm

nXtreme vs AWA

Injury: Lita

The opening video plays and the pyro goes off but we go straight backstage to where Lita is being assaulted by LayCool, Layla and Michelle take it in turns to put the boots in before Layla picks her up so that Michelle can hit the Faith Breaker. The pair smirk and Michelle spits down at Lita before laughing at how she will never take her title, just as no other Queens will ever take it. Josh Matthews says that he doesn't know what that means for our main event tonight which was scheduled to be Michelle vs Lita for the Queens title. Josh then runs us down tonights card before we are joined in the middle of the ring by the two co-gms. Alicia Fox and Eve Torres are stood in the ring and say they are here to address a few problems firstly the matter of the nXt Factor title. Eve says that since Alex Shelley won the belt there has not been a number one contender. Alicia says that after prolonged discussions there will be a tournament to decide the number one contender with the winner facing Alex Shelley for the belt at iMplosion. Eve says that the first match is up later and will see the ex-champion Chris Sabin face off against Monty Brown. Alicia then says that in light of the attack on Lita a decision will be made about tonights main event later in the show.

Going backstage we see Victoria warming up with Gail Kim, Kim tells Victoria that she can win the Elimination Chamber match at iMplosion and her task will be easier if she can take out Melissa tonight. Natalya then walks in and says that today ain't Victoria's lucky day as she is back and ready to hurt anyone who stands in her way of the Queens title. The two stare each other down before we go to commercial.

Match 1 - Natalya Neidhart vs Victoria vs Cheerleader Melissa


Back from commercial it is time for our first match. Victoria enters to huge boos, Melissa to a sizeable pop and Natalya to a mixed reaction


  • A fast paced opener which sees all three Queens being showcased.
  • Initially it is each Woman for herself but Victoria and Natalya form a makeshift alliance against Melissa
  • At the 7 minute mark Melissa is knocked to the outside and the two heels turn on each other
  • After some chain wrestling neither woman can overpower the other until Victoria goes for a Widows Peak out of nowhere....
  • ... Reversed! German suplex, bridged. 1...2... Melissa breaks it up
  • Melissa rolls over into the Kondo Clutch, Natalya bursts out of it. Natalya's side advantage coming into play
  • After several minutes the pair are fighting on the top rope but Victoria is up as well... Tower of Doom! Melissa takes the brunt of it.
  • Black Widow connects from Victoria, she spins around straight into the Nattie by Nature...1....2....3!
Winner via Pinfall - Natalya Neidhart
Post match Natalya celebrates to a mixed reaction once more before turning her attention to Melissa. She locks in the Sharpshooter as Josh Matthews says this is how she dominated last season. Eventually Mercedes Martinez and Raquel Diaz run out causing Natalya to bail. The crowd now firmly booing her as she taunts them.
Going backstage Chris Sabin is standing with his fellow gun and nXt Factor Champion Alex Shelley, Sabin says he's "gunning" for Shelley and the pair laugh. Shelley wishes Chris good luck for his match. The pair walk together before being confronted by Skipper and Low Ki. Triple X say that they wanted to face the Guns this week to get them back for last week but unfortunately the tournament is in the way. Shelley says that he's sure he can find a partner or two to combat Triple X. Low Ki says that he is on.
Match 2 - nXt Factor No.1 Contendership Qualifier - Chris Sabin vs Monty Brown

  • A fast paced match throughout between two men with contrasting styles
  • Sabin goes aerial early on but is soon grounded by The Alpha Male
  • Monty keeps Sabin down for a the next section wearing him out with high power moves and rest holds
  • Sabin won't give in though and keeps on fighting out as the crowd wills him on
  • Eventually Monty misses a powerslam as Sabin wiggles out, and explodes into the match! Hitting his unique brand of offence including tornado DDTs and headscissors
  • Sabin goes for the Over Easy but Brown powers out and rushes to the ropes... POOOOOOOOOOOOOOUUUUUUUNNNNCCCEEEEE...
  • Sabin jumps over the charging Brown! The crowd cannot believe it! Bum Rush from Sabin. Up top he goes, Leap Of Faith! 1...2....3!
Winner via Pinfall - Chris Sabin
Post match Sabin celebrates as Matthews puts him over as a past champion. We then head backstage where Eddie and Rey are having a discussion about last week and how Cara pulled an Eddie on them. Eddie says that they need to put that behind them and focus on moving towards the World Title post iMplosion. Rey agrees and says that he heard that Shelley is looking for partners for his match next. Eddie says lets do it!

Carrying on backstage we see JBL having a confrontation with Cara once again as the two trade insults, JBL says that he could beat Cara in his sleep and that from down there Cara can probably not even see him. Cara retorts with "¿Crees que eres tan inteligente ahora no lo hace Juan? Pero no son más que una percibido en exceso ha sido arrojado. Tal vez todavía se puede hablar de la charla, pero nunca fueron capaces de caminar la caminata." The pair are about to come to blows when co-GM Eve walks into picture ans says that if either of them touches a finger on the other before the PPV then they will be fired from nXtreme without a seconds hesitation. She then says that JBL better go get ready as he has a match next. She then says that Cara has been asked to join the announce team for the next match to appeal to our growing Spanish fan base. JBL and Cara glare at each other before we move onto LayCool's dressing room...

In the dressing room LayCool are celebrating how perfectly their plan worked earlier and are getting changed ready to leave. Suddenly there is a knock on the door and in comes co-GM Alicia. Alicia says not so fast! As she has a replacement main event for tonight. She says that LayCool will team up to take on the team of... Mickie James and Trish Stratus! LayCool complain but Alicia tells them its all signed and sealed! We head back to ringside with LayCool still complaining.

Match 3 - JBL/Low Ki/Elix Skipper vs Eddie Guerrero/Rey Mysterio/Alex Shelley (Cara on commentary)



  • A great 6 man tag match between the two teams
  • The faces dominate early on but Shelley gets isolated at around the 8 minute mark as the heels use quick tags
  • At the 12 minute mark Shelley makes the hot tag to Mysterio who takes out Low Ki before getting his head taken off by a big boot from JBL
  • On the outside Cara goads JBL by picking up the Legends title allowing Mysterio to tag in Guerrero who then takes out JBL from behind
  • When JBL eventually does make the tag he storms over to the commentary table and goes face to face with Cara before thinking better of it
Josh Matthews reminds us of the stipulation of no contact prior to iMplosion, JBL looks at Cara before hitting a Clothesline from Hell on a cameraman! He then walks up the ramp as Cara shouts "¡Cobarde!" at him.

  • Back in the ring Triple X cannot believe it as they are now outnumbered! Skipper charges at Guerrero... Three Amigos! Guerrero goes up top, Frog Splash to Skipper!
  • Instead of covering Eddie smiles and tags in Rey. On the outside Shelley takes out Low Ki with a huge Shellshock
  • Rey picks up Skipper with help from Eddie, drop toe hold Skipper on the ropes.... Dialing it up! 619... Connects!
  • West Coast Pop! 1....2....3!
Winners via Pinfall - The team of Rey Mysterio, Eddie Guerrero and Alex Shelley
Post match the faces celebrate as JBL glares at Cara from the top of the ramp. Cara stands atop the commentary table shouting in Spanish once more
Going backstage Daniels is seen arriving, he has a trainer with him who is assuring him that he is sane and needs to focus on the match ahead. His qualifier is up next. Daniels asks if Akira is here tonight, the trainer says that he doesn't believe he is following the injuries that Daniels gave him last week. We then switch to see Alex Riley warming up, he is heavily taped up following last weeks assault by Daniels he says that if Daniels has a problem then he should "Say it to his face!". Their match is next.
We then get an advert for iMplosion with the Queen of the Bank match being heavily shown, the video involves comments from Candice Michelle and Molly Holly about how dangerous the match will be.
Match 4 - nXt Factor No.1 Contendership Qualifier - Christopher Daniels vs Alex Riley

Josh Matthews tells us that Akira will be back here next week but is currently receiving treatment for a concussion. He also reminds us of everything that Daniels has gone through with Suicide.


  • A very one sided match as A-Ry is clearly still hurting from last week
  • The intensity from Daniels is incredible as he almost gets dq'd twice early on for almost refusing to release holds at 5
  • However A-Ry won't give in and kicks out of the B.M.E and the Last Rights
  • Eventually Riley gets some offense in at the 8 minute mark but Daniels soon snuffs it out before hitting the Angels Wings, he goes for the cover...
The lights in the arena go down and a scrambled voice is heard. It says "We are never far away Christopher, we have been reborn. First we were you, then Akira, now we are another entirely. We are all joined together.... we are all.... SUICIDE!"

  • When the video stops Daniels' eyes are wide and he stares down at Riley before unloading with lefts and rights. Over and over and over again.
  • The referee tries to pull Daniels off but he has snapped. He is screaming about Suicide and the referee has no choice but to call for the bell
Winner via DQ - Alex Riley

Alex Riley is announced as the winner but Daniels will not stop, he is screaming about Suicide and Akira like a madman. Security runs down to the ring but Daniels has a wild look in his eye and turns his attention to the nearest man. Eventually Daniels is restrained as Matthews puts over how Daniels has completely snapped. Daniels screams that he will face destroy Suicide if its the last thing he does! We then cut to commercial.

Going backstage we see the two co-GM's watching what has just happened. Alicia suggests that Daniels should be institutionalized! Eve says she has a better idea, at the PPV it will be Daniels vs Akira for the rights to be Suicide. Alica says what if it is neither of them. Eve says well in that case it will be Daniels vs Akira vs "Suicide"!

Continuing backstage we see Mickie and Trish warming up, Trish says that whilst her and Lita haven't always seen eye to eye she respects her and what LayCool did earlier was unforgivable. Mickie says that they will give the people what the want tonight! We then switch to LayCools dressing room where they are still complaining about how unfair this match is, Layla then says that she also heard that Michelle still has to defend her title next week against Lita! Michelle looks even more annoyed as we go to a promotional video for iMplosion focusing on the World Title match and the Elimination Chamber match.

Main Event - LayCool (Michelle McCool and Layla El) vs Trish Stratus and Mickie James


  • A great main event between two established Queen's teams.
  • All four Queens are allowed time to shine and all hit their signature moves
  • LayCool start to dominate, isolating Mickie but she tags in Trish at the 16 minute mark and she cleans house to huge cheers from the crowd
  • Trish knocks Layla off the apron before hitting the Stratusphere for a nearfall on Michelle
  • Michelle and Trish go back and forth before Michelle takes her down by the hair behind the referees back, she then hits the Final Exam for a close 2 count
  • After some more back and forth Trish is in trouble as Michelle bounces off the ropes looking for the Simply Flawless... MaTrish! Michelle gets caught on the rebound...1.....2.. kickout
  • Layla tags in and takes Trish down but can't keep her there, Stratusfaction connects! Trish tags in Mickie who blows a kiss to Michelle before kissing Layla...
  • Long Kiss Goodnight connects! Michelle thinks about making the save but takes a look at Trish and thinks better of it leaving Layla alone!
  • Mickie and Trish pick Layla up... Mick Kick! Chick Kick! 1...2.....3!
Winners via Pinfall - The team of Mickie James and Trish Stratus
Post match Trish and Mickie Celebrate as Michelle backs up the ramp, Trish and Mickie make belt motions before Michelle retaliates by holding up her Queen's title as the show ends with the crowd at fever pitch.

Gregers

Posts : 15025
Join date : 2011-01-28
Age : 33
Location : Brighton, England

https://www.facebook.com/Gregers25

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Crimey Mon 09 Jul 2012, 1:02 am

Week 4
Injuries: Mike Awesome
VWE vs. NCWF

The show kicks off and Norman Smiley says there is a huge announcement to kick off the show. 'Can You Dig it Sucka' plays out and Booker T comes out on crutches. He gets into the ring and announces that he has appointed VWE's General Manager on an interim basis until the pay per view in a couple of week's time. He felt it was time to hang his wrestling boots up due to the injuries sustained and his age....he may be a fun loving guy, but he will not be pushed around as General Manager. His first action is to fire Brock Lesnar! Normal Smiley says how shocking this is. Booker T tries to quickly move on, tonight, there will be qualifiers for the world title matches.

Wade Barrett vs. Ted Dibiase

Austin Aries vs. Jimmy Jacobs

Robert Roode vs. A mystery signing

As well as this, the newly formed tag team championships will be on the line. The Beach Boys vs. The Fast and the Furious!

Brodus Clay vs. Scott Fusion

- Brodus Clay easily dominates Scott Fusion with lots of bounces of the belly and throwing him around.
- He finishes the match with a big splash. He raises his arms, and the fans reaction is a mixture of laughing and cheering. Brodus Clay doesn't look impressed.

After the match, Brodus Clay is backstage, R.D. Evans meets him and asks him why he didn't enjoy the reaction. Clay says that he just destroyed a guy out there, yet because he's a big round, a bit big, rather than be in awe those guys laugh at me. Evans says that surely Clay attracts it with his dancing antics. Clay says that he's trying to be a fun guy out of the ring, but he wants to be taken seriously as a wrestler. If 'this' is his problem, then maybe 'this' needs to go.

Wade Barrett vs. Ted Dibiase

- The crowd seem to uneasily be on the side of Wade Barrett, after his unfortunate attack last week. He starts well against Dibiase.
- Dibiase manages to get back into the match with some neat reverses. He locks in a sleeper hold.
- Barrett fights out of it, and the match goes back and forth.
-Barrett gets a foothold with some big moves and then hits the Wasteland for the 1....2...3!

Norman Smiley praises Dibiase for the fight he put up but coming up short again, but says that Wade Barrett is the first man to qualify for the world title match up.

Backstage Austin Aries is warming up when Bobby Roode walks into shot to boos. He complains how Aries gets to face Jacobs, while he can't prepare for his match because he doesn't have a clue who it is. Aries says that if Roode really deserves a shot at the world title, he should be able to beat everybody in his path. Roode keeps his voice down and asks Aries what he thinks about Lesnar's firing. Aries says that he doesn't care, Lesnar is a liability and VWE is better off without him, Aries is the man who will lead VWE into the future. Roode laughs and walks off shaking his head.

VWE Tag Team Titles
The Fast and the Furious vs. The Beach Boys

- Norman Smiley points out that this is the second time in two weeks that these met, but last time it was inconclusive, but tonight it's for the titles.
- The crowd are fully behind the Beach Boys who start the match in good form, before Tajiri on the apron takes advantage of a referee distraction to attack Ryder.
- TFatF are fully in control with lots of tags, but they cannot put the Beach Boys away. Tajiri resorts to green mist and Perkins can't see.
- Nakamura nearly gets the pin, but Ryder saves the day.
- Ryder manages to hit the Rough Ryder on Tajiri, but Nakamura throws him out of the ring. Nakamura turns around into a Mega Buster.
- 1........2...........3!

The Beach Boys are going mental in the ring as the crowd is delighted. Norman Smiley says that it's a great achievement for The Beach Boys to win the tag titles after Nakamura and Tajiri used every trick in the book to beat them.

Austin Aries vs. Jimmy Jacobs

- Austin Aries gets a massive reaction. He and Jacobs' match is very fast-paced match as they both trade blows.
- Aries starts taking control of the match with lots of kicks.
- A big frog splash and Jacobs hangs on, but after a brainbuster Aries gets the pin.

Norman Smiley points out that right now we have Wade Barrett vs. Austin Aries vs. A. Nother in the world title match. Will it be Bobby Roode, or will it be the mystery new signing.

Booker T is backstage, hobbling on his crutches. His phone rings and he picks it up. "What?" "You've got to be joking." "Well I won't back down, after what happened he should be grateful I'm not pressing charges." "You don't think he'd come here...?" "WHAT?!" Booker T hangs up and turns to the camera. "Turn that damn thing off, I'm not in the mood!" Norman Smiley points out that this is a very different Booker T to the one we saw last week. No longer care-free, after just a week, the GM job seems to be getting to him. R.D. Evans questions whether it was a good idea giving the position to a man in such a fragile position after his attack last week

Bobby Roode vs. ???

Bobby Roode comes to the ring to rains of boos, he waits in the ring for his opponent. Some music hits and Bobby Lashley steps out. The crowd cheer wildly as Norman Smiley talks about whether maybe Lashley is the replacement for former MMA star Lesnar. Certainly Lashley will be a stern test for Bobby Roode.

Bobby Roode vs. Bobby Lashley

- The crowd is firmly behind Lashley who plays up to it, by blocking lots of Roode's punches before lifting him up without effort and military pressing him. Roode is struggling to get any offence in on the big man.
- Lashley makes a mistake when he tries to hit a German suplex, Roode fights out with elbows and can now get some offence in.
- He manages to take Lashley down with a clothesline and locks in a sharpshooter. Lashley manages to get the ropes.
- Roode and Lashley trade punches, Lashley hits a Spinebuster when suddenly some Samoan music hits! Umaga comes down and he looks at Lashley, Bobby Roode is groggily getting up and Umaga lifts him up and hits a Samoan drop!

The crowd are in confusion as Umaga and Lashley stand toe to toe, Bobby Roode is announced as the winner. Norman Smiley and R.D. Evans say that Umaga made Roode win to get to Lashley. These two had a feud in WWE, and apparently have held bad blood for many years. Umaga, apparently has some kind of grudge against Lashley. Umaga hits Lashley with the Samoan spike and the crowd boo him as he stands over Lashley.

We come back from an ad break and Booker T is stood in the ring, he announces that the Pay per view world title match up will be Bobby Roode vs. Wade Barrett vs. Austin Aries. They need to come down and sign the contract for the match. The three men come down one by one, Evans says that the pressure is on Roode who didn't really deserve to be in the match, but Aries is the fan favourite, and Wade Barrett has mouthed off quite a bit to many people. They all sign the contract and stand uneasy around each other. Booker T gives a forced smile, before he looks completely shocked as Brock Lesnar's music hits. The former UFC star is at the top of the ramp and charges down it. He plows straight through Wade Barrett and throws Austin Aries out of the ring, Bobby Roode avoids a big clothesline and rolls out of the ring. Booker T can't get away because of his injuries and Brock Lesnar lifts him up and hits him with a huge F5 through the table. Brock Lesnar looks down at him and then stamps down on the world title contract. Smiley says that Brock Lesnar has sent a clear message that he is not happy about his firing and that he doesn't approve of the world title match.

Crimey
Admin
Admin

Posts : 16490
Join date : 2011-02-14
Age : 30
Location : Galgate

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by ncfc_Tooze Sun 15 Jul 2012, 8:55 pm

MWF vs VWE
Injury- Titus O'Neill

MWF TV- S3 Ep5

Show Opening
Ricardo Rodriguez comes down to the ring, he says he is still in charge this week as Heyman is still off. As promised, he has an answer for PAC, he says that yes PAC has a legit claim to being a number one contender to the Cruiserweight title. Yes a contender as Psycosis had won a #1 Contender battle royal 2 weeks ago. So to see who gets the shot those two will face off tonight. Ricardo also announces that the members of the 2 teams in the Extreme war games match will face off in singles matches.

Match 1- Danny Boy Collins (Team Heyman) vs Sterling James Keenan (Team Corino)

• Hard hitting match
• Match is even throughout
• Several near falls are exchanged
• Collins begins using dirty tactics, Gauging the eyes
• Keenan retaliates with a low blow
• Keenan Goes for the MK Ultra, but Collins scrapes the eyes again, He hits a piledriver, to gain a 2 count
• Collins keeps the pressure on, he hits another piledriver, this time it gains him a 3 count

Winner by Pinfall- Danny Boy Collins

Match 2- Steve Corino (Team Corino) vs Rhino (Team Heyman)

* before the match can begin Rodriguez comes to the ring, he says that he has just got off the phone to Heyman and that this match is now a street fight
* The match goes straight to the outside
* the 2 men brawl all around the ringside area
* Several weapon shots are exchanged
* Schiavone says imagine this X3 at the PPV because that is what we will get
* The Brawl goes through the crowd and to the outside of the arena
* The men exchange hard blows, before Corino Smashes Rhinos head into a steel mesh, busting him open
* Corino Continues offence, taking rhino back into the arena and into the ring
* Corino Goes under the ring and brings out a Barbed Wire wrapped steel Chair, he smashes it into the back and face several times, more cuts appear on Rhino
* Corino Smashes the chair into the head of Rhino once more, Rhino Collapses in a bloody heap in the centre of the ring, the ref stops the match

Winner by Referee Stoppage- Steve Corino

Post Match
Corino Stands above the fallen bloody body of Rhino and laughs

Match 3- Psycosis vs PAC (winner gets first shot at X division Championship at nightmare on oak street 3)

• Fast Paced match
• It is evenly matched throughout
• Psycosis hits a Cradle piledriver that gains a 2 count, it also allows him to take advantage
• Psycosis continues offence until PAC hits a leg sweep
• PAC now flys around the ring
• PAC hits a Standing Shooting Star Press which gains a 2 count
• Psycosis rolls to the apron, He gets to his feet and PAC and Psycosis exchange blows, Psycosis falls to the floor.
• As Psycosis gets to his feet PAC runs the ropes, he hits a moonsault Plancha, Taking Psycosis out, but aswell as that he smashes his head off the Stages Steps
• The referee counts both men out

Result- Double Count out.

Post Match
Ricardo comes to the ring, he says as neither man won then at the PPV It will be AJ Styles vs Psycosis vs PAC in a 3 way elimination match

MWF Title Contract Signing
Ricardo Rodriguez is in the ring, he talks through the contract to the crowd, he says that the match will be fought under the official MWF title match rules. He then introduces the 2 participants to the crowd. Punk comes down to the ring first, he plays up to the crowd who boo him heavily. He lays the belt on the table. Mcguinness comes to the ring next. Both men sign the contract before getting to there feet and going eye to eye. Punk raises the belt above his head. Punk looks at his belt and smiles, before slapping Mcguinness in the face and scurrying away. Mcguinness flips the table and looks on furious as Punk laughs his way up the ramp.

Pre Match
Vampiro comes to the ring, he paces the ring before Steve Corino comes to the stage, he taps the side of his head, before pointing to the curtain. The Music changes to I walk alone and Batista comes out he charges to the ring and attacks Vampiro before the bell can ring.

Main Event- Vampiro (Team Heyman) vs Batista (Team Corino) w/ Steve Corino

• Batista continues the attack
• He uses his far superior power throughout
• Vampiro slowly gets back into the match when he hits a flurry of kicks including a big roundhouse kick to gain a 2 count
• The match evens out, 2 counts are exchanged several times
• Corino climbs onto the apron and causes a distraction, Vampiro knocks him off the apron with a big clothesline, as he turns Batista connects with a spinebuster
• Batista goes for a Batista bomb. Vampiro slides off his shoulders and goes for a nail in the coffin
• Before he can hit it, the lights go out. When they come back on the whole of Team Corino is in the ring, they have taken out Vampiro
• Team Heyman minus Rhino rush the ring and a full scale brawl escalates. The ref throws the match out

Result- No Contest

Post match
The brawl continues until Paul Heymans music hits, he comes to the ring with security. Security split the 2 teams apart. Heyman says he hopes team Corino are ready for hell because that’s what they will enter next week.
He then explains the rules of the Extreme War Games Match, he says that the rules are the same as a normal war games match, but instead of there being roofs on the cages, the tops of the cages will be wrapped in barbed wire, he says that attached to the walls of the cages there will be weapons attached. He says that if someone does somehow escape they will be in a hell of a lot of pain as around the ringside area replacing the mats will be Barbed wire nets.

Current Nightmare on Oak Street 3 card
Spoiler:

ncfc_Tooze
Global Moderator
Global Moderator

Posts : 9235
Join date : 2011-01-25
Age : 33
Location : North Walsham,Norfolk

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Gregers Mon 16 Jul 2012, 12:07 am

Week 5

nXtreme vs NCWF

Injury: Cheerleader Melissa

We go live as the Brighton Center bursts into life with pyro and the crowd goes wild. Josh Matthews welcomes us but can barely be heard over the capacity crowd. He reminds us that this the go home show before iMplosion and that by the end of the night the card will be complete. He is about to go over what we will see tonight but is cut off by Eve Torres' music as the co-GM waltzes down to the ring. She says that she is fed up of Alicia Fox ruining everything in nXtreme and so she is out her to make amends. She goes on to say that at iMplosion she guarendamntees that one of the Queens that she signed will walk out as champion and that another will walk out with the Purse. Before she can go on Alicia comes out, she says that one of her biggest coups in Lita will win the title tonight! The crowd cheers. Alicia then says that as well as the title match she took the liberty of booking another match... Eve glares at her. Tonight we will see the five Queens who have already qualified for the Chamber face off to see who will enter first and last into the chamber! The crowd pops huge! The two stare each other down as we head backstage.

Christopher Daniels is backstage being given a health check. Daniels says that he wanted the co-GMs to
do something about Suicide. To protect the work environment but instead
they make him see a bloody psychiatrist and then book him to face Akira and "Suicide" at
iMplosion. He says no one believes him but he knows someone is out there to destroy him. He says that as Akira is Suicide it will be one on one at the PPV and he will destroy what he created. He is then interrupted by Triple X. They say that they have a plan for the nXt Factor title which Daniels will love. He looks at them before screaming Suicide as we head to commercial

Match 1 - nXt Factor No.1 Qualifier - Low Ki vs Elix Skipper


  • The two Triple X members enter separately before smirking at each other
  • Matthews wonders what they have planned as the referee rings the bell
  • Suddenly both men slide out of the ring and hug before sitting on the guardrail around the ring
  • 1...2......3.....4.......5......6.....7.......8......9.......10
Draw - Double Countout

As soon as the ring bell rings Triple X slide back into the ring with mics. They say that they pulled a fast one as in the rules of the tournament it stated that if any match was a draw then both men would progress. And what's more both Alicia Fox and Eve Torres signed the contract! They laugh as the crowd boos and Matthews moans about how devious Triple X are.

We head backstage to where JBL is being held back by security, we pan round to see that Sin Cara is goading him from just out of reach. Cara shouts "Si usted es tan difícil por qué no puedes venir y pelear conmigo ahora? ¿O van más allá de eso? Ya ves Juan, creo que usted sabe que no me puede ganar así que llegar a ti mismo es despedido por el camino fácil. Vamos Juan me golpeó, me pegó en mi cara los inmigrantes poco ..." At this moment Eddie and Rey walk into shot and ask John if he'd like a little help. JBL looks furious at having to ask Latinos for help but reluctantly agrees as long as they put the little runt in his place. He storms off as Eddie and Rey smile at Cara who laughs at them.

Carrying on backstage we see Trish, Mickie, Victoria and Natalya warming up for their match. However, Cheerleader Melissa is seen looking upset. She says that due to an injury suffered last week she has not been cleared to wrestle but wishes her friends the best of luck. Josh Matthews tells us that that match is next.

Match 2 - Winner gets last entry into the Chamber, whoever takes the pinfall gets first entry - Trish Stratus vs Mickie James vs Victoria vs Natalya Neidhart


  • A great fatal fourway between four great Queens
  • The action goes back and forth as the heels and the faces both team up at various parts
  • Big spots in the 20+ minutes include Victoria kicking out of a Mick Kick, Natalya reversing a widows peak into a Nattie but Nice, Mickie getting hit with a Stratusfaction and Trish fight out of the Sharpshooter
  • At the 22 minute mark all four Queens are slugging out, Trish and Victoria on the top rope and Mickie and Natalya on the mat
  • Mickie fights off Natalya with a bulldog before joining Trish and Victoria, out of nowhere Natalya is up... Tower Of Doom!
  • All 4 Queens down....1....2.....3......4........5.....6......7.......8....9..... All up! Victoria runs at Trish.... MaTrish! MickieDDT by Mickie. Mickie turns around, Chick Kick from Trish! Cover...1.....2.........3...
  • No Natalya picks Trish off of Mickie and dumps her out of the ring, Sharpshooter middle of the ring! Mickie has nowhere to go! Eventually she taps.


Winner via Submission and 6th entrant into the Chamber - Natalya Neidhart (Mickie James tapped so she will enter first)


Post match Natalya stands dominant and signals that she wants her title back. Josh says it would take a brave man to bet against her and puts over what a great showcase that match was for the Chamber where the brutality will be ramped up even further

We then cut to an interview with Akira, he says that he is not under the mask of Suicide but he wishes he was. He says that 2 weeks ago Daniels cost him any chance at competing for the nXt Factor title and at iMplosion he will repay him the favour. He says that he longs to know who Suicide is, if only so he can congratulate him! He says that next Sunday, The Fallen Angel will wish he was still in heaven... As Akira, with or without Suicide's help, will send him to Hell!

We then cut to a video promo hyping the Cara vs JBL feud as well as how Cara has targeted Eddie's lying, cheating, steeling lifestyle.

Match 3 - Rey Mysterio w/Eddie Guerrero vs Sin Cara (JBL on commentary)


  • A fast paced match between the two luchadors
  • Both men pull of several sensational high spots including a Spanish Fly from Cara and a Mysteriorana from Rey
  • Cara tries to goad JBL who is on commentary throughout and this almosts costs him at the 12 minute mark when Rey rolls him up for a very close three
  • JBL says how he is a wrestling God and could beat all three of these immigrants in his sleep!
  • As the match goes on Cara becomes more and more desperate to end it and at the 19 minute mark goes for a chair, Eddie wrestles it off of him before Rey catapults over the top rope onto them both
  • Once the match gets back in the ring Rey is in charge... Drop toe hold, 619... Rey collapses. Cara gets up and smiles "Miento, hago trampa, robo"
JBL: That man is a cheat pure and simple. Matthews: That was brass knucks surely? Out of sight of the referee.

Replays confirm the shot!

  • Cara goads JBL as the referee checks on Rey, Eddie into the ring with a chair... SMACK! Cara jumps out of the way as Eddie collides with the ropes and hits himself instead.
  • Cara covers Rey..1......2........3!
Winner via Pinfall - Sin Cara

Post match Cara waves at JBL and says "Nos vemos el domingo". In the ring Rey recovers and sees Eddie recovering as well, Rey blames Eddie and says that Cara learnt the tricks from him. He says that lying, cheating and steeling isn't the way he wants to do things. He fights for honour! Eddie says he's sorry but Rey says he's heard it all before. He says that was it not for Eddie's lifestyle then they could be fighting for the title on Sunday. Eddie says that if Rey feels like that why don't they see who is the best anyways. Rey says that Eddie is on, but as an extra incentive it will be for the right to face whoever wins the title at iMplosion. The two "friends" stare at each other before shaking hands making the match official!

Backstage Alex Shelley is being interviewed about who he'd like to face at iMplosion. He says that the fans want to see the Guns face off once more but he is a fighting champion so will beat whoever is put in front of him. He sees Chris Sabin walk past and wishes his partner good luck. We then see Alex Riley warming up for what he calls the biggest match of his career. Finally we see Triple X looking smug before we head to commercial.

Match 4 - nXt Factor No.1 Contenders Match - Alex Riley vs Chris Sabin vs Low Ki vs Elix Skipper


  • A fantastic fatal fourway which is fought at a high pace initially
  • To begin with Triple X are dominant but at the 10 minute mark Riley and Sabin form a temporary partnership
  • All four men get showcased throughout with them all hitting their big moves
  • As we reach the end of the match A-Ry is down following a Play of the Day from Skipper and Triple X are Dominating Chris Sabin
  • The pair double team him as he looks powerless to resist however the fact that they cannot decide on who gets to pin him lets him explode back into the match
  • Kicks to both men, Sabin runs to the ropes, under the arm of Skipper who hits Low Ki! Cradle Shock to Skipper! Doesn't cover, instead hits the bum rush on Low Ki
  • Low Ki rolls out of the ring, cover on Skipper.....1.........2..............3! NO! So close for Sabin. He gets to his feat in shock before making the gun taunt... You're Dismissed from A-Ry out of nowhere!
  • Pin...1......2......... Just before 3 Low Ki comes soaring off the ropes, Warriors way to the back of Riley. 1.......2........3!

Winner via Pinfall and the New Number 1 Contender to the nXt Factor Title - Low Ki

Post match Low Ki celebrates as Josh Matthews puts over how intense that match was, how close A-Ry was to achieving the impossible, but how Triple X will face MCMG at iMplosion. Just as he says this out comes Alex Shelley who stares down Low Ki who makes a belt motion. We then cut away backstage to the GM's office

In the GM's office Alicia and Eve are arguing about what just happened. Alicia says that Triple X had the advantage, Eve says boo hoo all that matters is that Alex Shelley vs Low Ki will be a super showcase of the division. Alicia says that as Triple X will be there together and probably with their new best friend Monty Brown she has decided that Alex Shelley will have both Chris Sabin and Alex Riley in his corner. Eve says whatever minger! Her favourites will win at iMplosion. She then blows Alicia a kiss before strutting out of the room.

Carrying on backstage we see LayCool prepping for tonights main event. Layla tells Michelle not to worry as she has everything under control, they have friends out there tonight. Michelle says that she is the champ for a reason and needs some goddamn respect. We then cut to where Lita is standing alone, she says that tonight she makes an impact in nXtreme. Tonight she stakes her claim! The main event is up next!

We cut to a final video segment which has the words "He is coming" "He is reborn" "He will kill you all over again" flashing over pictures of Daniels bloodied and unconscious. A solitary voice then says: 22-7-12. The day Suicide defeats his maker, the day Suicide breaks free. Remember the date Christopher, 22-7-12.

Main Event - Lumberjill match for the "Queen of nXtreme Title" - Michelle McCool (c) vs Lita - Winner and still Queen of nXtreme Michelle McCool

Matthews runs over the match and the impact it could have on the iMplosion card. LayCool enter to huge boos before the building explodes for Lita who is making her in ring debut tonight!


  • A 25 minute main event between the two great Queens
  • The lumberjills are involved often as Michelle regularly tries to take a breather to get away from Lita's intensity early on, the heels on the outside are on Lita like a pack of wolves whenever she goes to the outside
  • At the 10 minute mark Michelle gets control following a simply flawless and grounds Lita, she keeps her down with the MADT but Lita fights a fights and makes the ropes!
  • Eventually Lita explodes back into the match, seizing control with a LitaBomb before pummeling Michelle with lefts and rights
  • At the 18 minute mark Michelle goes to the outside to recuperate with Layla and the rest of her buddies but Lita runs and hits a massive suicide dive through the ropes!
  • The crowd cannot believe it! Eventually both Divas get back into the ring. Lita goes for the Reverse Twist of Fate. Layla up on the Apron...
  • Lita drops Michelle, and grabs Layla... Twist of Fate to Layla! Lita turns back to Michelle, LitaDDT....
  • Reversed, Wings of Love connects! 1....2....................................................................3!
Winner and Still The Queen of nXtreme Champion - Michelle McCool!
Post match Michelle can barely stand, when she eventually manages to she grasps her title before hoisting it high into the air. Josh Matthews puts over how Layla probably saved Michelle there and how LayCool as a team are so dangerous. He then says that in the Chamber there will be not Layla to save Michelle! He then says how close Lita was and how she looked in great condition. Michelle bails to the outside and as she along with the heels including the recovering Layla retreat up the ramp. The faces helps Lita up and stand united in the ring. The show ends with all the Queens staring each other down as Matthews says its all ready to... iMplode!!!
iMplosion Card:

Gregers

Posts : 15025
Join date : 2011-01-28
Age : 33
Location : Brighton, England

https://www.facebook.com/Gregers25

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Guest Mon 16 Jul 2012, 2:55 am

Week 5
SCW vs. TAWA
Injury - The Rock

WELCOME TO THE SNAKEPIT!!

William Regal welcomes us to the final SCW before SCW: Salvation, and he immediatwly draws attention to the fact that The Rock and Shawn Michaels will meet in the ring tonight to finalise/formalise their main event match for Salvation. He also mentions tonight's main event, which will see all 4 of the Global Tournament combatants square off alongside Sheamus and Randy Orton, as Sheamus, MVP and Eddie Edwards tackle Randy Orton, Tommaso Ciampa and Drew McIntyre.

Sheamus' music hits and he walks to the ring, gaining a microphone and wanting to address the crowd. He said that last season, he fell foul of the influence of John Laurinaitis. Laurinaitis promised him the world and he was foolish enough to believe him. As soon as he lost the world title, Johnny cast him aside and recruited Randy Orton. Sheamus isn't interested in being lap dog now, but he needs to show that he is THE dominant force in SCW and reveals that at Salvation, he will end Randy Orton and show that Laurinaitis has no taste!

William Regal recounts the growing tensions between the Steamboats briefly as we head into our first match.

Match 1 - Richie Steamboat vs. Caprice Coleman

Steamboat dominates the match, constantly using his father's mannerism's and signature moves. He seals the victory with his father's patented Diving Crossbody.

Winner - Richie Steamboat

After the match, Steamboat grabs a microphone. He talks about how his father looks down on him and as a result so does the SCW audience. He is by far the better of the two, and it's reached the inevitable point where he has to prove it. So this is a challenge for Salvation: Ricky "The Dragon" Steamboat vs. Richie Steamboat, father vs. son, a fight to see who is the best! Richie gives his father until the end of the night to give his answer.

Match 2 - Necro Butcher vs. Scott Hall

- With both men looking at being named King of the Extreme, both men look to dominate.
-Control is traded at regular intervals, Hall being the bigger of the two looking to utilise this.
- The ending comes when, looking for The Razor's Edge, Butcher is able to slide down Hall's back and snare a roll up.

Winner - Necro Butcher

- Post match, Hall and Butcher exchange words and begin to brawl. They are eventually separated but Regal talks up how in the Extreme Rules match at Salvation, there will be no interventions.

Backstage, an interviewer looks to get a word from Ricky Steamboat, The Dragon looks at him dismissively and immediately walks away.

We then go to John Laurinatis' office where he announces the draw for The Global Title Tournament at Salvation. The draw is revealed to be:

Drew McIntyre vs. Eddie Edwards
Tommaso Ciampa vs. MVP
.


Match 3 - Sabu vs. Sandman

In what is billed as a battle between two bastions of the extreme, the fans are treated to a fast and furious contest as the pendulum swings one way and then the other.

The end comes when Sandman reaches for his Singapore Cane to the approval of the crowd, this is clocked by the referee who sees it, and as he dispatches of it, Sabu smashes Sandman with an Arabian Facebuster, discarding the chair and covering Sandman.

Winner - Sabu

Regal muses that should Sabu do that at Salvation, we may be looking at our King of Extreme...

Match 4 - Ricky Steamboat vs. Ryo Saito

Ricky looks unsettled throughout, as Saito takes the fight to the legend of the business. Clearly troubled by his son's challenge, Steamboat is nearly rocked by a determined Saito.

Halfway through the match, Richie appears on the stage and makes eye contact with this father.

This seems to fire up The Dragon, who goes through the motions and puts Saitio away with a Diving Crossbody.

Winner - Ricky "The Dragon" Steamboat

Post match, there is a tense staredown between father and son, no words are exchanged, just an unbroken stare. Ricky then begins to nod, accepting his son's earlier challenge.

Randy Orton is shown backstage with John Laurinaitis, who is giving his charge a pep talk. Orton looks focused as Johnny talks about him being better than Sheamus. Orton cuts Laurinaitis off and reminds him of his accolades, he doesn't need telling he's better than Sheamus. He knows it.

Main Event - Sheamus, Eddie Edwards and MVP vs. Randy Orton, Tommaso Ciampa and Drew McIntyre

- A fast paced, frenetic match up as all 6 men showcased their abilities.
- MVP, Edwards, Ciampa and McIntyre shared a lot of the ring time as Sheamus and Orton never took their eyes off one another.
-MVP set up for the Playmaker on McIntyre, but was cut off by Ciampa, who in turn was clothesline over the top rope by Edwards, leaving Sheamus and Orton.
- They go face to face and begin pushing one another until they start exchanging lefts and rights as the crowd love it. Orton begins to dominate Sheamus and hits his backbreaker, going to scout the punt, he runs in but is cut off by Edwards, who kops an RKO by The Viper.
- Orton gets back up but is taken out by Sheamus who clotheslines him out of the ring, Sheamus gets fired up but is bundled from the ring by McIntyre.
- McIntyre goads the crowd but is then caught by MVP who levels him with the Playmaker. MVP looks to pin McIntyre until Ciampa blindsides him with The Project Ciampa. Ciampa, looks down at MVP and decides to walk away, smirking, motioning the title round his waist.
- The ending comes when Sheamus is lining up a Brogue Kick to Orton, he has his attention diverted by Laurinaitis, and is distracted long enough for Orton to rock him with an RKO. MVP tries to roll Orton up but is caught by McIntyre, who hits The Futureshock DDT and covers, as Orton and Johnny retreat.

Winners - Randy Orton, Tommaso Ciampa and Drew McIntyre

Contract Signing

The Rock is first out and goads the crowd, talking about his career, what he has done and what he will do to HBK at Salvation. It doesn't matter what day, what month, what year, what decade... The rock will always be better than Shawn Michaels. The Rock says that it's never been done, it's never been seen... The Rock, HBK Shawn Michaels. Salvation. The biggest match in SCW history... And the biggest humiliation of Shawn Michaels' career.

At this point, HBK's music hits, and he makes his way to the ring, never taking his eye(s) off The Rock. He gets into the ring and both men sit down facing eachother. HBK looks at The Rock and asks if this what he has become? An arrogant, soulless, gutless, coward of a man, who hides behind a suit and technicalities. Because if Shawn Michaels wasn't mistaken, The Rock used to be a fighter, a champion, the people's champion. But not anymore. The Rock is just a coward...

The Rock flips and starts shouting HBK down, saying that he could beat him in any match, in any arena, at any show! HBK tells him to prove it then! "Be honourable for a change and defend your title on my terms!"

The Rock looks at HBK and asks what he means, to which HBK replies that both these men say they are the best in this company, both want the top prize, both are willing to go to war to get it. Then there's just one answer...An Ironman match! The crowd roar there approval and both men stand up. Their eyes burn through eachother, as The Rock raises the microphone to his mouth and simply replies, you want it, you've got it. Both men sign on the dotted line and initiate a staredown as SCW finishes.


Spoiler:

Guest
Guest


Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Crimey Mon 16 Jul 2012, 9:32 am

Week 5
MWF vs. VWE

Injuries: Zack Ryder

Booker T starts the show by coming down to the ring, he limps down as he is in a lot of pain after Brock Lesnar's attack, Smiley reminds us. Booker T says that the match will go ahead, as they will not be held to the demands of Brock Lesnar..who is still fired. He says that tonight we'll find out the entire match card for the very first pay per view....Violence. We'll see Tajiri vs. Brodus Clay, Bobby Roode and Umaga vs. Austin Aries and Bobby Lashley, and Wade Barrett vs. Ted Dibiase. Booker T leaves the ring, as Norman Smiley asks everybody whether maybe Booker T is in denial and that we very well might see Brock Lesnar back tonight.

Tajiri vs. Brodus Clay

- Brodus doesn't dance to the ring, although he is still in full Funkasaurus gear. Tajiri comes out to boos, as Nakamura follows behind him, both carrying their tag titles.
- The match starts off with lock ups, Tajiri with some kicks. R.D. Evans asks whether those kicks are as hard as usual.
- Tajiri goes for a hurricanrana and Brodus Clay goes flying over the top across the ring.
- Suddenly the Beach Boys' music hits and Zack Ryder and TJ Perkins step out, they run down the ring and are about to attack Tajiri when Brodus Clay flies into them, smashing them both down. The referee signals a no contest.

Brodus Clay lays both men down in the centre of the ring and then hits them with a big splash across the both of them. He rips off his tracksuit revealing Oriental gear. Nakamura takes the microphone and says that they knew that Ryder and Perkins would come out here tonight, jealous of our success, so we hired Brodus Clay to be our bodyguard. It's a win-win situation, he wants to be taken more seriously, and we need somebody to watch our back.

Booker T is backstage, he tells the VWE audience that he thinks that the Beach Boys deserve one more match against the Fast and the Furious...so at Violence, it will be the Fast and the Furious versus The Beach Boys with the tag team titles on the line. To make sure certain bodyguards don't interfere, the match will be a cage match.

Wade Barrett vs. Ted Dibiase

- Wade and Ted start the match with a test of strength, they lock up and circle the ring, arms locked together.
- Wade trips Dibiase to the floor and starts stomping on him violently, as the crowd mainly cheer for him. He lifts up Ted and hits a backbreaker.
- The match turns on its head when Dibiase reverses a suplex into a neckbreaker. Dibiase locks in a sleeper hold, and Barrett is nearly beaten.
- Barrett manages to get the match back on his side with a big boot, he then hits a few suplexes before hitting the Wastelands...1....2...3.

Norman Smiley says that Barrett looked a little vulnerable in his win there, and that Ted Dibiase put in another good showing, but yet again comes up short. He must be desperately disappointed that here in VWE he is struggling to win matches. R.D. Evans says that Dibiase will get a chance to win a match at Violence because he'll be facing off against Jimmy Jacobs.

Booker T is in his office on the phone..."I really don't care what it takes, that sucka cannot be anywhere near Violence, the whole show depends on it."...."He's crazy. I can't control him."...."Well if one of ma wrestlers, or me, gets hurts by that son of a bitch, then I'll be suing you before you can say Next Big Thing...can you dig that sucka?"

Austin Aries/Bobby Lashley vs. Bobby Roode/Umaga

Norman Smiley says this is a huge match, Austin Aries and Bobby Roode will face off with Wade Barrett in the triple threat match for the world title at Violence, while we're just getting news that Bobby Roode and Umaga will face off in a Table match at Violence.

- The match starts with Austin Aries and Bobby Roode, they trade blows and Bobby Roode takes over, he tags in Umaga who violently attacks Aries with lots of chops and punches. The momentum of the match switches with a hard kick to the skull, Aries crawls over and tags in Lashley.
- The big MMA man gets into the ring and crashes into Umaga, they brawl on the mat, Lashley gets the upperhand and hits him with a military press. Lashley tags in Aries, who goes to the top rope. 450 splash...missed!
- Umaga tags in Roode who locks in a sharpshooter putting Aries through a lot of pain, he goes to grab the ropes, but Roode keeps the submission manoeuvre locked in. Aries manages to roll it into a pin...1...2...kick out!
- The end comes when Roode tags in Umaga, just before Aries tags in Lashley. This gives him the opportunity to get ready and Umaga hits the Samoan spike and goes the pin, 1...2...3!

Norman Smiley points out that Umaga won't be able to use that Samoan Spike to beat Lashley at Violence as he will have to put him through a table. R.D. Evans says that Austin Aries and Bobby Roode are brawling...and here comes Wade Barrett! The three world title competitors are fighting in the ring when Brock Lesnar's music hits again. They quickly stop and look to the ramp, nobody comes out, they turn around and Brock Lesnar has already got into the ring, wearing street clothes, through the crowd. He's holding a microphone and says that the world title should be he is, and if he isn't added to the world title by the time it comes around, VWE will come crashing to its knees. Lesnar drops the microphone and leaves Roode, Aries and Barrett in the ring to end the show.

Violence card:

Spoiler:

Crimey
Admin
Admin

Posts : 16490
Join date : 2011-02-14
Age : 30
Location : Galgate

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by sodhat Mon 16 Jul 2012, 11:42 am

Week 5

TAWA vs SCW

Injury – KENTA


The show opens with a recap of last weeks main event and Joey Styles hypes a big returnee…

Owen Hart’s music hits and he makes his way to the ring smirking as the crowd boos. He takes a mic and says he has missed the fans too. He says last week wasn’t some random attack to get himself noticed – he doesn’t need to do anything to get himself noticed, he is the definition of a star. He interfered because it’s about time Benoit got some punishment.

Owen remembers when Benoit walked into his fathers gym and suddenly there was a new golden boy. This technical marvel was seen as a future superstar while Owen, the real superstar, was pushed to the background. Even his big brother Bret took to this kid and Owen felt like he was being pushed aside by his own family. From then on it has been all about Owen, and about proving that he is the best to come out of that stinking dungeon, and now the end is in sight. He’s been back and forth with his good for nothing, over-hyped brother and now he’s coming for the golden boy. He’s going to make sure everyone sees him.

Just as he goes to leave, Chris Jericho’s music hits. Jericho says he would have gotten to the ropes last week, and broken the crossface anyway. But besides all that – it’s good to see Owen here. Finally a bit of class joins Jericho against the cacophony of imbeciles that blight TAWA.

What Jericho is really out here to do is announce the man he has selected to face Mr. Anderson tonight. And he hopes Anderson is limbering up, because he’s going one on one with Mark Henry…

Joey Styles doesn’t think a match against Henry is the perfect preparation with the PPV closing in…

Match 1: Ken Shamrock vs Mike Quackenbush

Shamrock comes out to boos and says he requested a match tonight to keep himself fresh. He can’t wait for Raven to return – if he ever does – because he has an unquenchable thirst for punishing people. Tonight’s match will be no holds barred in homage to his fallen foe.

Quackenbush comes out looking peeved and resigned to the match.

• Shamrock starts predictably and dominates physically with stiff strikes, before taking his man down and beating him.
• He rolls out and fishes under the ring for weapons and brings in a kendo stick and trash can. Quackenbush kicks Shamrock in the midsection and tries to wrestle the kendo stick away but he can’t.
• Shamrock nails him across the back, and in the legs before lifting him and slamming him through the trash can.
• Shamrock unloads with the kendo stick some more before the referee pulls him away and stops the match.

Winner by stoppage: Ken Shamrock

Shamrock looks unhappy that he was stopped and decides to apply an ankle lock to Quackenbush when Raven appears on the big screen.

Raven says Shamrock is still a pathetic bully and Raven will move heaven and earth to be ready to face him. More than that, he will face him even if he isn’t ready because he wants to see the fear in Shamrock’s eyes when he’s up against someone who doesn’t care what he does to himself.

Match 2: Hunico vs Vladimir Kozlov

Joey Styles recaps last week and how Kozlov came to Santino’s aid. Kozlov is out first followed by Hunico to boos. Hunico says Kozlov has no business sticking his ugly nose in to this. He says his cowardly attack last week will be punished…

• Hunico rolls out of the ring immediately. Kozlov follows and chases him around the ring, until he slides back in and catches Kozlov on the way in.
• Hunico tries to keep Kozlov off balance with kicks and quick moves and he doesn’t stay static to be hit.
• Kozlov eventually catches Hunico and takes over with huge power moves.
• Kozlov is totally dominant but Hunico catches him cold with a roll up for a very close 2 count.
• Hunico seems to be back in it and a hurricanrana gives him time to go up top. Kozlov stirs and gets to his feet and Hunico goes for a top rope crossbody, but Kozlov counters with a huge headbutt to the chest, sending Hunico out of the ring.
• Kozlov can’t capitalise immediately and looks like he hurt himself with the headbutt. As he goes to grab Hunico, it looks like Hunico has found the brass knuckles from under the ring and he lays Kozlov out.
• The referee is counting them both out before Hunico sneaks back in at 9.

Winner by count-out: Hunico

Kozlov begins to come round and he is busted wide open. He looks at Hunico in the ring and looks like he is coming after him. Hunico gets out of there quicky!

Joey Styles says Hunico proved he will go through hell to win, even if it was hardly an honourable victory. And if you want to p!ss someone off, perhaps there are better candidates?

Next up is the tag match for the number 1 contendership, and Latin America are out first, minus Hunico. They say they are proud of Hunico’s win and they will make this a night to remember for all of Latin America as they step ever closer to the tag titles that were rightfully theirs.

Match 3: British Bulldogs vs Primo and Epico for the Number 1 contendership to the TAWA Tag Team Championship

The Bulldogs come out to pops and Joey Styles notes that these guys are no strangers to the brass knuckles that seem to insert themselves into Latin America’s matches…

• It starts slowly with Davey against Epico, and Davey eventually takes control with his power and takes Epico to his corner.
• The Bulldogs work on Epico exchanging tags and wearing him down with strikes and power moves.
• Out of nowhere, Epico reverses a suplex from Dynamite and scrambles towards Primo before he can be stopped.
• Primo very slowly enters and Dynamite smiles as if remembering last week. Dynamite charges at Primo and takes him down with a spear like move before pummelling him with shots.
• Dynamite is pulled away by the ref but keeps going back to beat him some more, and Primo is busted open. He eventually starts wrestling again and goes to the top to land a headbutt, but Epico pulls his leg away and he hangs himself up.
• Primo takes advantage and superplexes him and goes for a cover for 2. Primo tags out and Epico takes over isolating Dynamite.
• At this point, Hunico makes his way out and comes down to ringside. At the same time Santino and Kozlov come down and a brawl breaks out with Primo getting involved to help Hunico. The referee goes to break them up, and as he does so Dynamite hits a piledriver and covers Epico. There is no count but it would have been 3. The Bulldogs have seen enough and race out and join in the brawl at ringside and the ref calls for the bell…

No contest

Teddy Long comes out and says he is sick of this infighting – all he wants is a number one contender! Since they can’t seem to settle their differences he’ll do it for them. At the PPV it’ll be The British Bulldogs vs The Young Bucks vs Primo and Epico. And as they like beating the hell out of each other, it’ll be a ladder match for the title.

Hunico gets his match against Santino at the PPV for the TV Title. But if he sees any foul play or brass knuckles, he will make any result void and Hunico goes back to the bottom of the pile.

Joey Styles thinks Teddy Long has done all he can for now… And up next is the main event.

Match 4: Mr Anderson vs Mark Henry

Mark Henry is out to boos, followed by the TAWA Champion, Mr Anderson to a big pop.

Anderson says he isn’t surprised by his opponent. It’s exactly like Jericho to pick someone he thinks he has no chance against, someone capable of serious damage. But Anderson says he is the champ for a reason, and he won’t be intimidated by Henry. He gets in the ring and tells Henry if he beats him, he wants to do something for a friend – he wants Henry to face Evan Bourne one on one so Evan can give him a receipt for the damage he has done to him. Henry looks confident, laughs and says “sure, why not?” Henry looks serious and snatches the mic away and says if he wants to throw another lamb to the slaughter after tonight’s demolition, why not? But if Anderson loses tonight, he wants a guaranteed shot at the TAWA title after the PPV, whoever the champ is. Anderson agrees.

• The match is slow and methodical with Henry winning a test of strength before being backed up by big shots from Anderson.
• Anderson goes to lift Henry but can’t and Henry nails a clothesline and clubs away at Anderson.
• Anderson changes tact and dropkicks the knee bringing Henry to one knee and he takes advantage with a DDT for two.
• Anderson continues to attack low but pays the price when Henry catches his leg and throws him out of the ring. Henry throws Anderson into the ring post before rolling him in for 2.
• Henry is in control and stomps at Anderson’s arms and legs before a big elbow drop. Henry smiles and goes again for the elbow drop but this time Anderson rolls away.
• Henry is in a sitting position and eats a dropkick. Anderson seizes his chance and goes to the top rope but Henry is up and catches him mid air. Henry lands a worlds strongest slam and covers…but Anderson gets his leg on the rope and Henry is furious.
• He loads him up for another but Anderson reverses into a cradle and gets the three.

Winner by pinfall: Mr Anderson

Henry sits up looking shocked at the loss as Anderson goes ringside to collect his belt.

Styles says that is why he is the champion – a win from nowhere!

Just as Anderson goes to leave Jericho and Owen Hart come down to ringside and go either side to trap Anderson. Anderson gets ready to fight them off alone before Benoit leaps out from the crowd and pummels Owen Hart and all hell breaks loose as Anderson lunges at Jericho and they brawl ringside. Joey Styles can’t even wish us goodnight as Jericho flies across the announce table with Anderson in pursuit.

sodhat

Posts : 22236
Join date : 2011-02-28
Age : 35
Location : London

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Nay Mon 16 Jul 2012, 12:48 pm

NCWF

Show Opens and Armando Estrada announces that tonight is the last night to impress him for title opportunities.

Match 3 - Big Show vs Elgin

Big Show wins by DQ

Match 2 - flair vs Williams

Flair wins after plucky performance by Williams

Match 3 - El Mesias vs Bully Ray

No contest after match decends into brawl before bell

Match 4 - Pillman Vs DDP

Billman wins in closely fought contest

Match 5 - Swagger vs Hart

Winner Hart in 30 min back and forth match

Armando Estrade announces That after that performance Swagger and hart deserve title match, Pure bloods come down taking Estrada out, Rollins states that if heallowed the chance to become the face of the company, he wil just take the company, and at this weeks PPV he will make sure no one gets in his way.
PPV Card

Hamada vs Tamina

Bully Ray vs El mesias - Cage Match

Cruiserweight Title - Lynn vs Williams vs Pillman

Tag team elimantion - Pure Bloods vs Big Show, Flair and DDP

WC MATCH - Swagger vs Hart






Nay

Posts : 4582
Join date : 2011-01-28
Age : 42
Location : Scotland

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by ncfc_Tooze Fri 20 Jul 2012, 10:34 pm

MWF Proudly Presents Nightmare On Oak Street 3

Opening
We open up with a highlight package of the events that have unfolded leading to the PPV. We then cut to a view of the packed Talk Night Club in Norwich where 2 rings are set up. We also get a view of the two cages high in the rafters of the club that will be later lowered into place for the Main event.
Paul Heyman then strides down to the ring, he says that 2 matches have been added to the announced 3 matches. Those 2 Matches will take place before the 3 previously announced. We will begin with a 5 woman over the top battle royal match for the women’s title. However when we get to final 2 it will be decided by pin

MWF Women’s Title Battle Royal, when down to final 2 to be decided by pin
Rosa Mendes vs Sofia Cortez vs Rhia O’Reilly vs Allison Danger © vs Britani Knight


• Hard Hitting Action throughout
• Sofia Cortez is first eliminated when Britani throws her over the top rope
• Rosa and Rhia pair off and fight while Danger and Britani do the same
• Danger sends Britani over the top rope but she hangs on and is able to head scissors Danger over the top and to the floor
• Rhia and Rosa Spot that Britani is still dangeling periously, as they come over Knight is able to wrap her legs around the neck of Mendez and hits another head scissors to eliminate her
• Knight is able to get herself back into the ring
• The two women exchange stiff looking blows
• When it looks like Rhia is closing in on the win, Knight is able to hit the Code red to get the pin

Winner and New Womens Champion- Britani Knight

Post Match
Allison Danger returns to the ring and attacks Knight

Pre Match
Ricardo Rodriguez announces that the Next match is the start of a best of the Super X League. The winner of the League will become the number 1 contender to the X division Championship at the Next PPV. 3 points for pin win, 4 points for a submission/KO win, 1 point for Draw and 0 points for a loss

X Division Team GB vs Team Ex-ECW 6 Man Tag Team match
Mark Haskins, Zack Sabre Jr and Chuck Cyrus vs Lance Storm, Dean Malenko and Little Guido


* This is more of a hard hitting Match than a highflying Spectacle with Haskins being the only real high flyer
* Stiff shots are exchanged through out
* Chuck Cyrus hits a Death Valley Driver which Gains a 2 count early on
* The more experienced Team USA, make there experience count mid match, Tagging in and out at regular intervals and Keeping Sabre away from the corner
* This continues until sabre hits an Enzegure and is able to make the tag to Haskins, who enters the match like a house on fire.
* Haskins flys about the ring, He goes to the top and hits a moonsault on the standing Malenko, However Malenko rolls through and Locks in a Texas Cloverleaf.
* Cyrus Runs in and makes the save, which causes Storm to run in aswell, Sabre then runs in, Followed by Guido and a brawl Escelates, The ref has no choice but to throw the match out.

Result- No Contest, therefore it is ruled a draw. Each man gains a point


X Division Title
Psicosis vs PAC vs AJ Styles ©


* Fast paced Action through out
• Lots of Highflying Moves from PAC whereas Psicosis and Styles take a more grounded approach.
• PAC takes a hard tumble to the outside, smashing into the barricades at ringside
• AJ and Psicosis now fight with eachother alone for a few moments
• AJ attempts a Styles Clash, but Psicosis is able to block and hits a back body drop, before going up top and hitting a frog splash
• Before he can make a pin PAC is back in the ring and breaks it
• PAC Hits a heel trip on Psicosis before hitting a standing moonsault to gain a 2 count.
• PAC then goes up top and goes for a 720 splash, Psicosis is able to get the knees up
• Psicosis tries to go for a big move on PAC but before he can hit it AJ is up and hits a Pele Kick.
• AJ Then hits the Styles Clash to retain

Winner and Still X division Champion- AJ Styles


Pre Match
We see both men in the MWF title match on a split screen warming up and going through there pre match routines


MWF Title (MWF Title Match Rules)
CM Punk © vs Nigel Mcguinness


Round 1- Even Round to open things up
Round 2- Another Even round until the Later Stages where Punk begins to gain an advantage after hitting a low blow
Round 3- Punk continues on the offensive and dominates the round
Round 4- Punk hits the GTS and is able to gain the first fall of the match- 1-0 Punk
Round 5- Punk starts on the offensive but Mcguinness is able to fight his way back into it in the closing minute
Round 6- Mcguinness carries on where he left off dominating the round with Uppercuts and Lariets
Round 7- Mcguinness hits the tower of london to gain a pinfall to even the scores- 1-1
Round 8- Mcguinness hits a Kellett Lariet but time runs out just as Mcguinness makes the cover
Round 9- Round is fairly even until the two men climb the turnbuckles. As Mcguinness attempts a Superplex, Punk headbutts him in the stomach and hooks the arms. He Hits the Pepsi Plunge and gains the winning fall.

Winner and Still MWF Champion- CM Punk


Post Match
The sound of Big Ben hits and Burchill is in the ring, he hits a C4 on Punk before Signalling a belt around his waist

Pre Match
We see the MWF ring crew lowering the cage into place and attaching several weapons to the walls. The teams now make there way into the cage. We now see the ring crew removing the mats around ringside, replacing them with barbed wire nets. We get a close up of the barbed wire on top of the cage.

Extreme War Games Match
Team Corino (Steve Corino, Sterling James Keenan and Team Heyman (Batista vs Vampiro , Danny Collins and Rhino)


• This is a hard hitting, brutal bloody affair, with every member on each team bleeding heavily by the end.
• Corino and Vampiro fight up the side of the cage. When they get to the top Corino Scrapes the face of Vampiro along the barbed wire.
• Rhino now scales the cage as Vampiro falls to the Mat below after a big blow from Corino. Rhino Smashes Corino into the wire, then hits a violent Rhino Driver into 2 steel chairs set up below.
• He only gains a 2 count however when Keenan boots him hard and then hits an MK ultra, he makes the Pin but it is broken by Collins
• Several weapon shots are exchanged in the middle of the match
• Batista begins Dominating the opposition with several power moves until Collins Goudges his eyes and hitting a DDT
• Batista hits a Spear on Vampiro, both men go through the Cage wall and into the barbed wire netting, Both men are stuck in it and there Backs are cut up
• Corino hits an old School Expulsion on Rhino, Collins trys to make the save but SJK hits an MK ultra on him and the ref counts to 3

Winners- Team Corino

Post Match/show Close
A very bloody Corino Smirks down at the stage at Paul Heyman who made his way out just before the end of the match, he raises his freeweight title above his head, as he does Heyman can be seen saying this isn’t done.
Schiavone thanks us for joining him

ncfc_Tooze
Global Moderator
Global Moderator

Posts : 9235
Join date : 2011-01-25
Age : 33
Location : North Walsham,Norfolk

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by sodhat Sun 22 Jul 2012, 7:39 pm

TAWA presents Damage Limitation

Joey Styles welcomes everyone along to Damage Limitation and runs down the card we have tonight, with all titles to be defended!

Joey recaps the events leading to this match, made last week as a result of Henry losing to Mr Anderson...
He says Bourne has fought to get a shot at Henry since he decimated him in week 2. Although he is a massive underdog, we can expect Bourne to leave it all out there tonight.

Match 1: Evan Bourne vs Mark Henry

Bourne is out first to a pop, followed by Henry taking his time to come to the ring to boos.

• Bourne starts out trying to use his quickness to unbalance Henry and it works for a while.
• Henry catches up to Bourne and hits some high impact offence to ground him.
• Henry slows things down and begins to grind away at Bourne, with stomps to him on the ground.
• Henry backs Bourne into the corner and pushes him in the face, followed by a slap. He shouts trash into Bourne's face and says he deserves his induction.
• Bourne is infuriated and surprises Henry with a vicious barrage of punches that send him backwards.
• Bourne lays Henry down with a dropkick and ascends the ropes, looking for a shooting star press, but Henry gets his knees up.
• Bourne rolls away and Henry scoops him up and hits a world's strongest slam. But Bourne kicks out at two!
• Henry looks shocked and stands Bourne up. Bourne puts his fists up as if ready to fight and Henry looks him in the eyes for a moment before hitting another WSS for the three.

Winner by pinfall: Mark Henry

Joey Styles says that no-one can deny that Evan Bourne has the heart of a lion; but Mark Henry is just too strong.

Styles says this next match is one that the whole of TAWA has been waiting for - but what will Raven's condition be after Shamrock destroyed his ankle?
Hardcore Match

Ken Shamrock vs Raven

Shamrock is out first and he gets in the ring to boos. He takes the mic and says the crowd can sit down and shut up. Even if Raven makes it out here, he is damaged beyond repair. It may be the shortest match they'll ever see - except it won't be because he'll enjoy taking his time and decimating Raven in his own playground.

Raven's music hits and he comes out on crutches. He slowly makes his way down to the ring and gingerly hops through the ropes still on his crutches. The ref asks him if he is ok to do this and Shamrock smiles and walks towards him. Just then Raven takes the crutches and starts beating the hell out of Shamrock with them.

• The ref rings the bell and Raven continues to pound Shamrock with the crutches until they snap. He then rolls out of the ring and gets a steel chair.
• He comes back into the ring to strike Shamrock with the chair but Shamrock hits a drop toe hold and Raven lands face first on the chair.
• Shamrock uses the chair and hammers Raven across the back before grabbing a kendo stick and continuing to lay into Raven's back.
• Raven is seen smiling at the assault and eventually him and Shamrock tie up and exchange punches. Raven is thrown out of the ring by Shamrock.
• Shamrock goes to kick Raven in the face but Raven is ready and throws him into the steps. He picks up the steps and goes for Shamrock's head but he rolls away in time and throws Raven into the ring post.
• Shamrock clears the announce desk and throws Raven on to it and goes to look under the ring. He comes back but Raven starts spraying him with a fire extinguisher from ringside and follows up with a low blow.
• Raven rolls Shamrock in the ring and grabs a trash can from under the ring before going top rope. He leaps on Shamrock and lands with the trash can between them with sickening impact.
• Neither man has moved for a good period and eventually Raven gets to his feet and picks up the kendo stick. He stands over Shamrock and goes to smash him with the stick but before he can Shamrock grabs Raven's bad ankle and pulls him through to an ankle lock.
• Raven won't tap as Shamrock locks it in tighter and tighter and the ref stops the match when it's apparent Raven has passed out...

Winner by submission: Ken Shamrock

Joey Styles thinks Raven put too much on the line tonight and ran out of steam. Shamrock hobbles to the back with an arm raised but he looks in agony as the medics tend to Raven.

Styles says the next match is for the coveted tag team championships and takes us through the past few weeks from The Young Bucks winning the belts to last week's number one contendership fiasco.

Ladder Match for the TAWA Tag Team Championship:
The Young Bucks vs The British Bulldogs vs Primo and Epico

The Bulldogs are out first followed by Epico and Primo. The two teams start exchanging words in the ring and it looks like it'll get physical just as The Young Bucks come out to a pop, with the belts above the ring. They both grab ladders and charge the ring and we're underway.

• Nick and Matt use the ladders to take out all four guys at once and then they set them up and climb before being pulled down.
• Primo and Epico attack the champions before the Bulldogs pull them away and start beating them down. They turn around woozy into double stereo kicks from The Young Bucks and roll through the ropes.
• Davey and Matt slug it out while Dynamite and Nick exchange some nice chain wrestling on the mat. Dynamite throws Nick into one of the ladders in the corner and tries to set a ladder up and climb but he's dragged down by Matt as Davey comes and hits him with a clothesline.
• It goes back and forth for some time with neither side able to get an advantage and them both beating the hell out of each other.
• Primo and Epico are coming round at ringside just as The Bulldogs are knocked through the ropes. Matt and Nick start to climb a ladder and look like they have time to grab the belts but they turn and see all four opponents out of the ring and instead perform a suicide dive from the ladder out of the ring.
• Nobody is moving from the suicide dives until Primo slowly claws his way into the ring. He looks around and realises he is all alone and sets up a ladder right under the belts and climbs slowly.
• Primo gets to the top and reaches for the belts but Dynamite is in the ring and starts clawing at him, while Primo kicks him away, eventually knocking him off. Primo turns around and sees both Davey and Matt Jackson are in the ring and they tip the ladder over sending him to the ring floor!
• Davey and Matt set up the ladder again and climb to the top and scrap. Dynamite is pulled out of the ring by Nick and they brawl with Epico.
• Matt is staggered by Davey's right hands and looks like he will fall from the ladder but he regains his balance and rocks Davey with punches and kicks and he falls from the ladder. Matt grabs the belts and the win...

Winners and still TAWA Tag Team Champions: The Young Bucks

Joey Styles doesn't think these teams will want to do that again in a hurry!

We cut backstage and Owen Hart is being interviewed. He says it's funny, he's back a couple of weeks and he's already the centre of attention. Not like at home when he was growing up - always in the shadow of his older brothers and then this punk kid being trained by his father. How his father swooned about this kid's ability and never about Owen. It still riles him, makes him want to punish Benoit. But at least Benoit knows what it's like to be in the shade now. This match will be all about Owen, and when the night is through and Owen has the win, Benoit will be a memory, a spec of dirt disappearing in his rear view mirror. What he deserves to be; forgotten.

We get a run down of the feud between Santino and Hunico with Latin America's rise.

TAWA Domestic Championship Match

Hunico comes out first and he doesn’t look in a good mood as he is roundly booed. Santino follows him out with the Domestic title around his waist.

Santino Marella vs Hunico

• Hunico keeps away from Santino at the start of the match, rolling out of the ring and taking his time to get in. When he does they lock up and go through tests of strength winning one each.
• Santino whips Hunico and throws a couple of hip tosses in and he looks in control with some headlocks to wear his man down.
• Hunico fights out of a headlock with elbows to the gut and a couple of stiff kicks and a dropkick sends Santino through the ropes.
• Hunico follows him out and throws him into the ring steps and starts pounding on him. He rolls Santino in for a close two.
• Hunico continues to take his time and beat away at Santino with the odd quick attack thrown in. Getting pin attempts turned away each time.
• Hunico throws Santino into the corner and chases him for a splash but misses. Santino rolls him up but Hunico escapes.
• The crowd sees Primo and Epico limping out at the top of the ramp and Santino is distracted and Hunico hits him from behind and pounds him down again. Primo and Epico come ringside.
• Hunico still can’t put Santino away and Santino reverses Hunico’s suplex and both men are down. Santino stirs first but Primo and Epico get up on the apron and distract him. Just then Kozlov comes ringside and lays both guys out.
• Hunico looks to take advantage of Santino being distracted and roll him up but Santino rolls it through and holds him down for three!

Winner by pinfall: Santino

Santino celebrates in the ring and Kozlov comes in and hands him the belts as Latin America gather outside the ring looking up at them. They back away up the ramp shouting that their time is now.

Owen Hart vs Chris Benoit

Owen Hart comes out first looking confident. Chris Benoit follows to a pop and he doesn’t take his eyes off Owen.

• The match starts off with a very technical mat wrestling show and any time Owen gets the upper hand he celebrates.
• Benoit fights back and starts peppering in suplexes and slams.
• Owen rolls out of the ring for a break and Benoit goes to follow. Owen catches him on the way out with a big kick to the head and rolls him back in for two.
• Owen has control now and begins to slowly dissect Benoit with slams, holds and kicks.
• Owen whips Benoit to the ropes but Benoit ducks his attack and takes him down with a clothesline.
• They both get up and Owen runs at Benoit but Benoit turns it into a drop toe hold and a crossface. Owen can’t quite reach the ropes and he clambers and claws towards them.
• Owen is pulled back into the ring further by Benoit and in desperation he rakes Benoit’s eyes with his free hand. The referee is the wrong side and can’t see why the hold is broken.
• Owen capitalises and with a kick to the gut he positions for a piledriver and ends it with a three.

Owen makes a quick exit after having his hand raised and shouts “I told you!” as he backs up the ramp.

Joey Styles says that was a fantastic match – but the big one is next. We get a run down of the feud to this point.

TAWA Championship Match

Mr Anderson vs Chris Jericho

The ring announcer takes the mic and says the next match is for the TAWA Championship! Out first is the challenger and Jericho is roundly booed as he walks seriously to the ring. Mr Anderson’s music hits and the champion gets a huge pop as he comes to the ring. He makes his own announcement and hands the belt to the ref to be raised in the air.

• We are underway at a frenetic pace as both men brawl back and forth with vicious intention.
• Anderson eventually takes the upper hand and lands shots to Jericho and whips him to the corner where he drives his midsection.
• Jericho comes back with some high octane offense and Anderson has no response until he turns the tide with a huge clothesline.
• Both men are brawling again, before Jericho goes for a surprise codebreaker but it blocked and driven to the mat.
• Anderson hammers away at Jericho in the corner and lands a huge superplex from the top rope but can only get two because of a slow cover.
• Anderson loads Jericho up for a green bay plunge but Jericho fights out with elbows and rolls Anderson up for a close two.
• Anderson tries to take Jericho down with a clothesline but he is ducked and Jericho is able to take Anderson down and lock in a walls of Jericho.
• Jericho ramps it up and Anderson slowly slowly claws towards the ropes. He eventually gets to the ropes but he looks spent as Jericho lays him out with big shots and tries to land a lion tamer, but Anderson gets his knees up.
• Both men are up at the same time and start brawling, clearly exhausted. Anderson finally gets the upper hand again and looks for a mic check to end it. Jericho elbows Anderson to try and escape but is eventually laid out.
• Anderson makes the pin and the crowd count along for a 1…2…3.

Winner by pinfall: Mr Anderson

Joey Styles says the fans may not like Jericho but he left it all out there tonight. Mr Anderson takes the win and keeps the title but it could have been very different on another day…but will we see another match between these two?

The show ends with a shot of Anderson on the top rope holding up the TAWA Championship for the fans.

sodhat

Posts : 22236
Join date : 2011-02-28
Age : 35
Location : London

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Guest Sun 22 Jul 2012, 10:33 pm

(Edited card due Nay’s unfortunate exit from WWA)

NCWF PPV

The show opens to the arena where a huge crowd awaits the opening of the show. GM Armando Estrada comes out to a mixed reaction and welcomes everyone to the first ever NCWF PPV. He says that the faces of the company will be decided tonight, as the Pure Bloods take on the “System”, but instead of having one big tag match, there will be three singles bouts, and obviously the team with the most wins will gain control. Estrada announces first though the Womens Championship match to start the show.

Match 1
NCWF Womens Championship
Tamina Snuka vs. Hamada
1. Tamina comes out to a good reaction, Hamada comes out to some major heat.
2. Tamina takes control in the early goings, using her quickness and agility to he advantage, and hitting a diving cross body for a close two count.
3. Hamada then takes back control and uses a technical and power based offence to taken charge. She gets a close pinfall from a running bulldog.
4. Tamina manages to fight back though and has Hamada down as she goes for the Snuka Splash, but as she dives off, she misses and Hamada makes a pin attempt to get a close two count.
5. Hamada then lifts up Tamina for the Hamada-Driver, but Tamina manages to turn it into a crucifix pin and get the three count.
6. The crowd pop loudly as Tamina is awarded the Womens Title and celebrates up the entrance ramp as Hamada looks scornfully up from the ring.

Backstage Segment
The Pure Bloods are shown backstage and the three men are talking about taking over the company one piece at a time. Rollins looks at Bennet and says he knows Bennet can crush DDP, and he needs to show it now in this situation. Bennet tells Rollins and Elgin to watch and learn before leaving the locker room. The camera then cuts to the locker room of DDP who is taping up, Ric Flair and Big Show come in to wish him luck, but DDP informs them he doesn’t need luck tonight against that punk, before leaving as well.

Match 2
DDP vs. Mike Bennet
1. DDP comes out to a huge pop from the crowd and works them up, before Mike Bennet comes out to major heat.
2. DDP takes control in the early goings, using his power advantage and technical skill to wear down Bennet, he gets a close fall from a piledriver.
3. Bennet manages to rake the eyes and come back into the match, using speed and technical prowess to wear down DDP. Bennet scores with a diving elbow and gets a two count from the cover.
4. Bennet and DDP manage to start trading blows with one another, before both are pushed back across the ring, then return and hit running clotheslines to each other, leaving both men down.
5. Bennet gets to his feet first and hits a cheap kick to the side of the head, before lifting up DDP for the Box Office Smash, DDP though manages to counter and pulls Bennet back in to hit the Diamond Cutter. DDP covers and gets the three count.
6. The crowd pop loudly again as DDP taunts Bennet in the ring before jumping out the ring and escaping into the crowd as the rest of the Pure Bloods jump into the ring, checking on Bennet and glaring at DDP, who does his trademark taunt back at them.

Backstage Segment
Bully Ray is interviewed backstage and says that however brutal this feud between him and El Mesias has been previously, it’s nothing compared to tonight. Bully Ray goes on to say that he will make sure that El Mesias doesn’t walk out of the arena tonight after everything that psycho has done to him. El Mesias is then seen in the shot far behind Bully Ray, and a laugh is heard, before he moves out of shot and Bully Ray turns around to see nothing.

Match 3
Cage Match
Bully Ray vs. El Mesias
1. El Mesias comes out to a good pop, Bully Ray comes out to major heat.
2. Bully Ray takes the early advantage, as he uses brawler tactics to gain the upper hand on Mesias, Bully Ray gains a close call after a strong powerslam.
3. Mesias takes control of the match later on after countering a running clothesline, and he then uses his power and technical skill to remain in command. Mesias gets a close two count after a powerbomb.
4. Bully Ray takes back control using some cheap tactics, then uses the cage as a weapon against Mesias, quickly busting him open. Bully Ray then focuses in on assaulting Mesias rather than pinfalls or submissions.
5. Mesias fights back and then throws Bully Ray into the cage on a couple of occasions, before attacking him mainly with his fists. Mesias gets a very close pinfall after a diving cross body from the top rope.
6. The two men brawl until Bully Ray gets the upper hand and begins to climb the cage. Mesias quickly catches him though and the two men brawl on top of the cage. Mesias manages to get the upper hand and has Bully by the throat, but Bully Ray suddenly pulls something off the top of the cage, before punching Mesias in the head, which sends him falling to the mat below.
7. Bully reveals the object to be a chain, and then slowly climbs down the cage to be declared the winner. Bully Ray taunts El Mesias in the ring, who is coming around now and glares out through the blood at his rival.

Backstage Segment
The Pure Bloods locker room is shown backstage, with Bennet nursing his injuries, Rollins looking frustrated and Elgin looking fired up. Rollins says that all that the match earlier in the night was, was a setback, and the real show starts right now. Elgin turns to him and says that he’s looking forward to felling a Giant, and Rollins smiles and tells him he’s looking forward to seeing the World’s Largest Job out.

Match 4
Michael Elgin vs. Big Show
1. Big Show comes out to a good pop, Michael Elgin comes out to loud heat.
2. Big Show takes the early advantage, using his size advantage to gain the upper hand, and hits a running splash to Elgin to get a close two count.
3. Elgin fights back and tries to keep the Big Show down using his power and keep him down. Elgin works over Big Shows right knee, and has a half crap locked in for a long period of time before Big Show is able to fight out of it.
4. Big Show gets back up and the two men trade blows with one another, with Show on one good leg. Elgin begins to take advantage of this and work Show down, before Big Show comes back with a punch that floors Elgin, but Big Show is unable to capitalize.
5. Big Show sets up for another punch when suddenly Mike Bennet runs down to the ring, and Big Show is distracted as he jumps up onto the apron, as is the referee. Big Show hits a KO punch to Bennet who falls to the floor unconscious, but as Big Show turns around, Elgin low blows him.
6. Elgin then runs back across the ring, before hitting a running lariat to Big Show, and getting the pinfall victory.
7. Michael Elgin then leaves to heat as he helps Mike Bennet to the back, with Big Show limping after them.

Backstage Segment
Doug Williams and Jerry Lynn are shown confronting each other backstage. Lynn is complaining to Williams that it should be the best man who wins out there out of all three of them, while Williams says that he believes that the two co-operating to eliminate Pillman from the equation would be better for everyone. The two men argue until Brian Pillman walks into shot, he smiles at both of them sadistically, before wishing them luck in the match. The two men glare at him, before arguing again.

Match 5
NCWF Cruiserweight Championship
Doug Williams vs. Jerry Lynn vs. Brian Pillman
1. Doug Williams comes out to a good pop, as does Jerry Lynn. Brian Pillman comes out to major heat.
2. Williams manages to take the early advantage after both he and Lynn take down Pillman. Williams though tosses out Lynn before working over Pillman with a technical assault, and getting a two count after a back suplex.
3. Lynn gets in and assaults Williams though, before throwing him out and going after Pillman himself. Lynn works over the legs more of Pillman, before locking in a figure four leg lock and wearing down Pillman before Williams jumps in to make the save.
4. Both Williams and Lynn brawl it out with one another before Pillman takes out both men with a running cross body, he then assaults Lynn with more brawler like tactics. He gets a close two count after hitting Lynn with a DDT.
5. Williams gets back into the mix and attacks Pillman from behind, before hitting the Chaos theory suplex to Pillman. Williams makes the cover and only the boot from Lynn keeps the match alive.
6. Lynn and Williams again brawl, in a very even contest. Both men take the advantage against one another in turns, before Williams and Lynn run at one another and collide with cross bodys in the centre of the ring.
7. Pillman slowly gets to his feet and sees his opportunity, before he lifts up Lynn and hits his own Crade Piledriver to get the pinfall victory.
8. Brian Pillman gets major heat as he is awarded the Cruiserweight Championship belt and celebrates on the ramp, as the two other competitors come around and argue in the ring.

Backstage Segment
Bret Hart is being interviewed backstage. Hart says that last week he beat Swagger, and he’s shown that an All American American is nothing compared to the Excellence of Execution, and he’s looking forward to making Swagger tap out and show himself as a true World Champion. Swagger is then shown in another camera saying that Hart has managed to fluke his way here so far, but now Swagger is going to take the pretty in pink Canadian, and break his ankle in two.

Match 6
NCWF World Title
Jack Swagger vs. Bret Hart
1. Jack Swagger comes out to major heat, while Bret Hart comes out to a good pop.
2. Jack Swagger takes the early advantage in the match, using his power advantage, getting a near fall from a belly to belly suplex.
3. Bret Hart fights back and uses his technical skills to keep control, and gets a two count following a backbreaker.
4. Swagger powers back into the match and manages to weaken Bret’s mid section and ankle, before hitting a Swagger bomb and Bret has to put his foot on the bottom rope to break the pinfall.
5. Hart counters a second Swagger bomb and begins to work on the legs of Swagger, who shouts in agony, as Hart performs a figure four leg lock around the ring post.
6. Bret Hart gets back into the ring and toys slightly with a helpless Swagger. Hart then goes for a Sharpshooter, but Swagger is able to roll it into a small package and get the win.
7. Jack Swagger crawls to the outside and is handed the belt as he looks slightly shocked while celebrating, as Bret Hart looks on in anguish at Swagger.

Backstage Segment
Seth Rollins is shown in the Pure Blood’s locker room by himself. He shouts at the camera that this is it, the decided. He says that the other Pure Blood’s didn’t want to be part of this match as they wanted to watch as the leader of this generation destroys the dictator of the last. Rollins says he’s glad that Flair’s just come out of another divorce, as it means no loved ones will have to watch him suffer. The camera then cuts to Ric Flair’s locker room, where he’s flanked by DDP and Big Show. Flair tells them both he’s glad they’re there if things get rough, but he wants to beat this punk kid himself, and show him what a real wrestler. DDP and Big Show wish him luck before leaving him to prepare for the match.

Match 7
Deciding Match
Seth Rollins vs. Ric Flair

1. Ric Flair comes out to a momumental pop with his usual flamboyant style, Seth Rollins comes out to deafening heat.
2. Ric Flair takes the early advantage in the match with a more brawler and powerful style. Flair gets a near pinfall after a running knee drop.
3. Rollins fights his way back into the match after countering a body slam attempt into a reverse DDT. Rollins then uses a more technical style to pick apart Flair, getting a close two count with a spinning heel kick.
4. Flair manages to fight back and takes down Rollins with a chop block. Flair then goes about weakening the knees of Rollins, using various attacks to the knee. Flair attempts a figure four, but Rollins is able to fight out of it.
5. Rollins then tentatively gets back to his feet and starts to attack Flair’s head with punches and kicks, before hitting lifting Flair up and hitting a fireman’s carry facebuster for a close fall.
6. Flair manages to counter a big boot attempt and pulls Rollins leg away, before kicking at it and setting up for the Figure Four. Flair almost has is locked in, when Rollins pushes him away with his good leg, sending Flair head first into the corner post under the top turnbuckle.
7. Flair’s face is completely crimson as the referee asks if he wants to stop the match, but Flair begs him not to. Rollins then viciously attacks Flair before finally hitting a superkick. Rollins cockily pins Flair but he manages to kick out at 2, to the shock of everyone in the arena.
8. Rollins looks on in sheer anger, as he kicks at the semi-concious Flair, before locking in the figure four himself and applying more pressure until Flair eventually passes out, the referee is forced to end the match and declare Seth Rollins the winner, but Rollins refuses to release the hold.
9. GM Estrada, the Big Show and DDP all run down to the ring to try and get Rollins away from Flair, but suddenly the Pure Bloods run down to the ring, armed with chairs and assault the wrestlers in the ring. Estrada is then cornered by the three men, before they beat him down mercilessly.
10. Rollins finally stands tall from the beating, before dipping his hands and Flair’s blood and spreading it on his chest in a cross. The 3 Pure Bloods are then shown standing tall in the ring as the PPV ends.

Guest
Guest


Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Crimey Sun 22 Jul 2012, 10:58 pm

VWE Violence

The show kicks off with a highlight package, starting with the tag teams fighting each other, ending with the Fast and the Furious as Tag Team champions. Brodus Clay's hulking figure behind the tag team champions. It then shows Ted Dibiase losing every match so far, but always coming close and Jimmy Jacobs nearly beating Austin Aries. Then it shows Bobby Lashley and Umaga battling, the two hulking men smashing into each other. It finishes with the world title competitors stood apart from each other, before Brock Lesnar attacks them all. The video package finishes with Brock Lesnar staring into the camera crazily.

Norman Smiley welcomes the audience and says that he knows a lot will happen tonight, R.D. Evans says that we'll find out whether Brock Lesnar has forced himself into the world title picture. The Beach Boys will get a shot at the tag team championships, perhaps for the final time. Smiley says that Ted Dibiase will finally try and get the victory that has been so close for him over the past few weeks. Evans continues by pointing out that Umaga and Lashley could end their long-standing rivalry. Smiley finishes by saying we'll crown a new world champion tonight, will it be Wade Barrett, Austin Aries, Bobby Roode or....unthinkably Brock Lesnar? First up we have Ted Dibiase versus Jimmy Jacobs.

Jimmy Jacobs vs. Ted Dibiase

- Jimmy Jacobs comes out to an almost non-reaction, before the crowd start booing as he insults the people in the crowd. Ted Dibiase gets a pretty positive reaction after his recent efforts.
- The two are pretty even in the ring, both getting close calls. Jacobs manages to get the upper hand after an unseen eye poke, he hits some suplexes and Dibiase is struggling to get back in.
- Dibiase uses his in-ring nous to pull the ropes down and Jacobs ends up outside. The two fight outside the ring and Dibiase throws him into the steel steps and then he rolls him back into the ring.
- Dibiase locks in a sleeper hold and Jacobs is struggling to hold on, the crowd are well and truly on the side of Dibiase now. Jacobs manages to get hold of the ropes.
- Jacobs goes for a spinning kick, but Dibiase ducks it and then hits a Dream Street! 1.........2...........3.

Winner: TED DIBIASE!

The crowd go wild as Ted Dibiase finally manages to pick up a win. Norman Smiley says that maybe Dibiase can use the momentum gained tonight to push on to bigger things in the future.

Booker T is seen backstage on the phone. "I don't care what the hell that sucka wants, he aint gonna get it. I'm runnin' a business dawg, this is possibly my last night, I need to show I'm in control by not letting that sonna bitch ruin everything. I'll have to go." The Fast and the Furious run up to Booker T with Brodus Clay striding behind them. The two Japanese stars say that Booker has to get rid of the cage, they can come to some sort of agreement, they show Booker a large case of money. Booker shakes his head, "No dawg, I have morals." Brodus says that he and Booker had a connection, and surely he could let it off for a friend. Booker tells Clay that he stopped being his friend when he became an bumhole. Booker T walks off leaving the Fast and the Furious looking frustrated.

Cage Match
VWE Tag Team Champions
The Fast and the Furious (c) vs. The Beach Boys


- The tag champs get big boos as they get into the cage, not accompanied by Brodus Clay. The Beach Boys arrive second to a great reception. The referee closes the cage door and the two teams start fighting. Tajiri and Nakamura are in control early on, with lots of kicks, keeping the challengers grounded.
- The match turns on it head when Ryder hits a neckbreaker out of nowhere, Perkins then attacks Tajiri and the two hit two double team moves and start to climb the cage, Ryder gets halfway, Perkins a quarter of the way. Tajiri dropkicks one wall of the cage causing Ryder to lose his grip and crash to the mat, Nakamura lifts Perkins off of the cage and they hit a double team powerbomb.
- Tajiri is lifted up by Nakamura and he is already halfway there as he quickly climbs up, Nakamura goes to follow him, but is taken down by Ryder, who starts climbing up after Tajiri. Ryder just grabs Tajiri's foot as he is about to go over and both men stand on the top. Ryder goes for the Rough Ryder and the two crash down to the mat.
- The two men look completely out of it, Perkins and Nakamura are up, they both start climbing and get to the top and drop down. It leaves just Tajiri and Ryder in the match. The referee goes to count them out, but he gets to 7 before they get up.
- Ryder and Tajiri trade blows, with chops and kicks. Perkins is urging Ryder on from the outside, but Nakamura is already gone up the ramp. Tajiri takes Ryder down with a buzzsaw kick and then gets the referee to open the cage door, but Ryder grabs him and pulls him back. Perkins makes sure the door is shut, as the referee is distracted Tajiri spits Green mist into his face.
- Tajiri starts climbing, and gets 3/4 out of the way up before Ryder jumps from the top rope and pulls him down. Ryder hits the Rough Ryder.
- The crowd boo as Nakamura runs down the ramp, Brodus Clay with him. He goes to the cage door and starts pulling on it, but the referee stops him. Clay goes to the cage wall and dives into it, it goes crashing down. But the wall slams down on Tajiri.
- Perkins takes Nakamura down and Ryder just walks out of the cage. The crowd go crazy.

Winner: The Beach Boys!

Norman Smiley notes the irony of the Fast and the Furious trying to cheat costing them their title.

Bobby Lashley is stood backstage, he says that tonight he is going to put his feud with Umaga to bed and then go on to the world title. He doesn't care who wins the title tonight, he's coming for then. Umaga comes first though.

Tables match
Bobby Lashley vs. Umaga


- Bobby Lashley is cheered by the fans, while Umaga is booed. There are lots of tables all around the ring.
- The match kicks off with both men clashing in a test of strength, Bobby Lashley gets the upper hand, whipping Umaga into the corner. He gets out of the ring and slides a table into the ring. Umaga has had time to recover and he attacks Lashley. The Samoan sets the table up, and goes to throw Bobby Lashley through it, but Lashley pushes Umaga back, slamming him onto the edge of the table.
- The two men trade punches, Lashley gets knocked back again and again, Umaga hits a belly to belly suplex and then climbs to the top rope, hitting a big splash. Umaga lifts him up and goes for a Samoan Drop through the table, but Lashley fights out and connects with a German suplex, but Umaga goes flying over the table.
- The two men fight around the table, Smiley saying that all it takes is one move for this match to be over.
- Umaga spears Lashley into the table and it topples over, Umaga waits for Lashley to get up and connects with a Samoan Spike. He lifts him up and hits the Samoan drop through the table.

Winner: Umaga.

Bobby Roode is backstage and he says that tonight we'll all see the It Factor become world champion. He should have been named world champion on the first day of VWE, it's a disgrace that he has to beat the two other men. Suddenly Brock Lesnar walks up behind him. "You mean three?" Roode scurries backwards, and claims that Lesnar was fired, he shouldn't be here. "Let me correct you Roode, I was fired, but was reinstated as of ten minutes ago." "What about Booker?" "He's the one looking for employment now, the Board of Directors realised how ridiculous was letting the Big Thing go." Roode runs off, towards the locker rooms of Aries and Barrett.

VWE World Championship
Bobby Roode vs. Austin Aries vs. Brock Lesnar vs. Wade Barrett

- Bobby Roode comes out to loud boos, Austin Aries gets huge cheers, Barrett gets a really mixed reaction, while Lesnar gets the loudest boos of the night. The four men stand apart from each other and then fight in the middle.
- It separates into two fights, Roode fighting Barrett and Aries evading the big punches of Lesnar. Aries gets the upper hand with a quick kick and then a DDT. Aries goes for a pin, Roode and Barrett notice and jump across breaking it up.
- Aries gets up and then takes Roode down with a superkick, but Barrett takes him out with a clothesline. Barrett locks in a figure four leglock on Aries. Lesnar breaks the submission hold up and throws Barrett out of the ring, he lifts Roode up and whips him across the ring before hitting a spinebuster. He gets to Aries and lifts him up for the F5, but Aries rolls down his back and hits a neckbreaker. Aries goes to the top rope and hits a 450 splash, he gets the two count but Lesnar kicks out.
- Roode is up and he hits a clothesline on Lesnar, but he turns around into a big boot from Barrett. He goes for a Wasteland on Aries, but A Double fights out and dropkicks Barrett into the corner. Aries hits a big splash in the corner, but is caught by a spinebuster from Roode.
- The fighting continues, momentum switching between all four men again and again. Lesnar gets a close call after an F5 on Roode. Aries nearly pinned Barrett.
- Lesnar is in control, as Barrett is out of the ring, Aries slumped in the corner. He kicks Roode in the mid-section and hits an F5, he's about to go for a pin but Aries dropkicks him into the corner. He hits him with punch after punch before hitting a hurricanrana on Lesnar. He gets Roode and goes for a Brainbuster, but Roode fights out. Barrett gets into the ring takes Aries down, he lifts him up and hits a Wasteland. Lesnar breaks the pin up on the two count.
- Booker T walks down the ramp, distracting Lesnar who looks furious. He rolls out of the ring and attacks Booker. In the ring, Aries is struggling up as Barrett gets ready to hit him with a Wasteland. Roode runs across and hits a spear on Barrett. Roode turns around and Aries lifts him up and hits a Brainbuster. 1...............2...............3!

Winner: AUSTIN ARIES!

Norman Smiley says that Aries managed to win against three other men to become world champion. Brock Lesnar looks furious on the outside after Booker cost him the match. Aries celebrates in the ring with the world title as Lesnar storms off backstage. Smiley tells people to tune in next week to see all the aftermath from Violence!

Crimey
Admin
Admin

Posts : 16490
Join date : 2011-02-14
Age : 30
Location : Galgate

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Gregers Mon 23 Jul 2012, 12:27 am

nXtreme Season 3 present... iMplosion!

A huge flurry of pyro goes off as we go live at a filled to capacity O2 arena in London, Josh Matthews can barely be heard above the cheers of the crowd. He tells us that the nXt Factor Title match is up first tonight but as always we have one hell of a show lined up for the fans tonight, he runs us down the rest of the card before being interrupted as Triple X's music hits and the crowds cheers turn to boos.

Match 1 - nXt Factor Title - Alex Shelley (c) (w/Chris Sabin and Alex Riley) vs Low Ki (w/Elix Skipper and Monty Brown)

Triple X enter with Monty Brown before the crowd erupts as the Guns enter with Alex Riley. The two trios stare each other down before we get the announcements and the bell is rung


  • The match starts off with Low Ki trying to take down Shelley early on with stiff kicks but Shelley has him scouted and counters everything
  • The crowd is subjected to a technical masterpiece of counter after counter early on before Skipper and Brown distract Shelley allowing Low Ki to get the advantage
  • Low Ki keeps Shelley down with stiff kicks and chops before hitting the Dragon Wing, submission locked in.... Shelley eventually gets to the ropes but is favouring his arm
  • The match continues with Low Ki targeting the arm until the 18 minute mark
  • At this point Shelley counters the Iron Octopus but cannot hit shellshock due to his arm
  • Low Ki rolls to the outside and goes to Triple X for help, Alex Riley runs round and starts going back and forth with Skipper/Brown who protect Low Ki....
  • The guns are both in the ring and run to the ropes... double Suicide Dive onto the group! Everyone is down as the crowd is cheering
  • Eventually Shelley recovers and rolls Low Ki into the ring... he goes for the Border City Stretch but the pain in his own arm is too much! Low Ki kicks his way out, Krush Kombo connects!
  • Instead of covering Low Ki goes up top and sets up for the Warriors Way... Shelley Moves!
  • Sliced Bread No.2 out of nowhere on a recovering Low Ki! 1.....2..........3!
Winner via Pinfall and STILL nXt Factor Champion - Alex Shelley!
Alex Shelley celebrates along with Riley and Sabin in the ring as Low Ki rolls out of the ring. He gets consolidated by Skipper and Brown before Triple X signal that this is not over! Shelley raises the belt to huge cheers as we go backstage for the first time tonight.
We go backstage to the GMs office. Alicia says that she was right to add the support, Eve then says that she is sure that the Guns cheated. Either way her Queen's will win later so Alicia can just do one. They are interrupted by LayCool. Michelle says that after tonight she solidifies her legacy as the top Queen in nXtreme's history and she can guarantee that she will remain the Queen of nXtreme as Layla will win the Purse! Layla says she guarentees it. Alicia says we'll see whilst Eve says she has full trust in them. The Queen of the Bank match is up next!

Carrying on backstage we see Sin Cara arriving at the arena, he says "Esta noche me quito el primer paso para demostrar mi herencia. Esta noche voy a vencer el idiota tejano racista. Esta noche voy a demostrar por qué soy el mejor luchador de todos los tiempos. Porque yo soy Sin Cara!" We then see JBL arriving, he stares at the camera before pointing at the legends title resting on his shoulder. He says, the time for words are over for he is a wrestling God!

We go back to ringside with ladders scattered all over the ringside area.

Match 2: Queen of the Bank - Lita vs Layla El vs Candice Michelle vs Gail Kim vs Mercedes Martinez vs Raquel Diaz vs Molly Holly

Lita, Mercedes, Raquel and Molly enter to cheers, Candice, Kim and Layla to boos. Josh Matthew's puts over how this is the first Queen's ladder match in history.


  • The match is competed at a fast pace throughout with all 7 Queen's being showcased
  • It doesn't take long for ladders to become involved with Candice being hit by a ladder with Molly and Raquel rushing at her with it
  • We get loads of high spots as is expected in this match, Lita and Raquel both showing off their high risk styles.
  • At the 10 minute mark we get a truly holy s**t moment as Molly jumps off a ladder and hits the Molly Go Round onto Gail, the impact sending Gail through a ladder propped up in the corner
  • At the 16 minute mark Mercedes and Candice are fighting up on top of two ladders. Lita pushes them and they crash and burn all the way to the outside
Josh Matthews: Oh My God! Candice and Mercedes might be broken in half! Get the medics out here!

  • Lita looks up and goes for a ladder, Layla rushes at her... LayOut.... Reversed! Twist of Fate onto the ladder! Layla is busted open!
  • Raquel and Molly back in as Lita climbs a ladder, the pair fight before Raquel slips under the arm and hits the three amigos to huge cheers! She climbs a ladder as well. Lita and Raquel look at each other....
  • Moonsault onto the prone Layla, Frogsplash onto Molly! Everyone down... Lita back up, Raquel back up and the pair stagger towards each other
  • Suddenly Gail is back in as well just as Lita hits a Lita DDT onto Raquel. Lita and Gail stare at each other as they climb the ladder on opposite sides...
  • Once at the top the pair trade punches, Lita gets the advantage... Twist of Fate.... Reversed... Eat Defeat at the top of the ladder! Gail unhooks the purse!
Winner and Miss Money in the Bank - Gail Kim!

Gail celebrates and clutches the purse! Josh Matthews puts over the match and the carnage! Bodies are lain all around the ringside area as we head backstage.

Backstage we see Trish and Mickie watching the action, they say that Kim is dangerous with the purse but the Chamber is way worse. They are interrupted by Melissa who wishes them luck for later and says that she thinks she's the underdog but every dog must have their day! The trio wish each other luck for later but say that they must do their own thing later. Especially Mickie who will enter first.

Carrying on backstage we see Rey and Eddie, they are walking together. Rey says that he is glad that they chose to sort out this slight disagreement like men. Eddie agrees before saying that he'll see Rey out there before walking off. Rey then says may the best man win.

We then get an cryptic video which ends with, He Died Once, He Died Twice, He shall now Rise. S.U.I.C.I.D.E.

Match 3: No.1 Contenders Match for the nXtreme World Title - Eddie Guerrero vs Rey Mysterio

Both men enter to huge cheers and the respect between the two is obvious as they shake hands


  • The match is sensational as both men know each others movesets inside out
  • Indeed neither man can get the advantage for well into the opening 10 minutes
  • Eventually Rey uses his speed to out maneuver Eddie before taking the advantage
  • Rey runs rings around Eddie hitting lots of headscissors and crossbodies, but Eddie doesn't give in
  • At the 14 minute mark Eddie gets back into it with a dropkick counter to moonsault
  • This allows Eddie to control the next portion of the match, grounding Rey before hitting the three amigos for a near two count
  • Both men also hit Frog Splashes for near 2 counts
  • At the 25 minute mark we move to the finish as Eddie locks in the Lasso-From-El-Passo, Rey reaches the ropes before dropping Eddie onto the ropes as a counter to the Figure Four
  • Rey gets to his feat, Dialing it Up 619.... Connects! Eddie stumbles to his feat as Rey bounces off the ropes West Coast Pop!
  • Rey spins Eddie down into the pin but Eddie rolls through 1......2...........3!
Winner via Pinfall and New Number One Contender to the nXtreme World Title - Eddie Guerrero!
Eddie looks at his hands before rolling from the ring, replays show that Eddie grabbed the tights for the pinfall out of sight of the referee. He stares at Rey before mouthing "I'm Sorry" as Rey glares back at him. Josh Matthews says he thinks that this is a long way from over.

We go to a video package highlighting the Daniels/Akira/Suicide storyline before we see Akira warming up backstage and we hear him say that tonight he pays Daniels back for the injuries he caused him. We then see Daniel's arriving at the arena being accompanied by doctors. They are greeted by the co-GM's who ask how Christopher is. The doctors say they are happy that Daniels should be able to last the match but his mental health isn't good. Alicia says that she doesn't think this match should go ahead, Eve laughs before asking Daniels who he wants to beat. He smirks before shouting Suicide. She says that he's good to go. Their match is next.

Before the match we get a video for the Chamber match later which is our main event later tonight.

Match 4: Grudge Match - Christopher Daniels vs Akira Kawabata vs "Suicide"

Akira and Daniels enter but there is no sign of Suicide.

  • The match is fast paced throughout with both men showing off their high flying style
  • The aggression throughout is incredible as both men go hammer and tongs at each other
  • Akira takes the advantage at the 6 minute mark and uses Daniel's paranoia to his advantage
  • Several big spots throughout with Akira hitting several high flying moves as well as Daniels (when he focuses) hitting several springboard moves
  • At the 12 minute mark Akira hits the Lightening Flash but Daniels powers out of the pin, Akira then goes for the Buster.... Daniels screams Suicide at him before launching at him with punches and kicks
  • This assault lasts for several minutes before Daniels seams to calm himself. Last Rights! Connects!
  • Daniels looks at Akira but doesn't go for the pin. Instead heading to the ropes for the Best Moonsault Ever!
  • First moonsault connects from the bottom rope. He goes to the ropes again. Moonsault off the second rope connects. He goes for the third....
The lights go out and the crowd cheers! When they come on both Suicide and Daniels are on the top rope together! Daniels is frozen in horror!
Josh Matthews: Its Suicide! He is real! All this time and Daniels isn't crazy!

  • Suicide Solution from the top rope by Suicide!
  • Suicide back up, DOA onto Akira as the crowd goes wild! Suicide goes for the cover on both men, 1......2..........3!
Winner via Pinfall - "Suicide"
The lights go off and when they come back on Suicide has vanished. Daniels recovers and stares around for Suicide before hitting Akira with the Angels Wings before shouting that he was right all along. Suicide is real, god damn it Suicide is real! On commentary Josh Matthews says that whilst Suicide is real we are absolutely no clearer to finding out who on earth is behind the mask!
We go backstage to where Victoria is warming up for the main event, she is interrupted by Gail who is carrying the purse. Gail says that she kept her end of the bargain so Victoria better way as well. Victoria says that she will and that Gail looks like hell, Gail laughs and says that Victoria should see the other Queen's! The pair laugh as we fade to Natalya's dressing room. She says that tonight she reclaims what was always rightfully hers! We then head back to ringside.
Sin Cara makes his entrance to a mixed reaction before JBL enters to huge boos. We then get a video package highlighting their feud.
Match 5: nXtreme World Title Match - John "Bradshaw" Layfield vs Sin Cara


  • A great match between two men with contrasting styles, the animosity between the two is evident however
  • JBL tries to ground Cara early on but Cara constantly avoids his attacks
  • At the 8 minute mark JBL finally gets hold of Cara by countering a dropkick with a big boot
  • This allows JBL to dominate his smaller rival and keeps him down with power moves until he gets cocky allowing Cara to explode back into the match
  • Cara goes under the clothesline from hell and uses his speed to bamboozle JBL
  • The match proceeds with both men having periods of dominance until the 21 minute mark
  • At this point Cara is in command and goes up top for a big Moonsault... JBL Catches him.... Fall away slam..... NO!
  • Cara counters into the La Mistica! But cannot keep the arm bar locked in as JBL powers out
  • Cara bounces off the ropes springboard moonsault.... Caught in midair! JBL Bomb! 1....2..... Kickout! JBL cannot believe it, picks him up Fujiwara armbar!
  • JBL struggles but doesn't tap, Cara releases the hold. Goes up top, cross body.... CLOTHESLINE FROM HELL OUT OF NOWHERE! 1....2...........3!
Winner via Pinfall and NEW nXtreme World Champion - John "Bradshaw" Layfield!
JBL gets handed the World Title and celebrates, Cara is laying strewn on the ring. JBL staggers to his feat before holding both the Legends and World Title high into the air. The crowd boos as he celebrates. We then head backstage one final time.
Backstage we see all 6 Queen's preparing and they all give us one more word on the dangers of the chamber. We then see the co-GMs who say that tonight their vision becomes a reality. We then get a hype video for the chamber before we go to ringside as the Chamber gets lowered and the crowd reaches fever pitch.
Main Event: Queen of nXtreme Elimination Chamber - Michelle McCool (c) vs Trish Stratus vs Mickie James vs Victoria vs Cheerleader Melissa vs Natalya Neidhart

Trish, Mickie and Melissa enter to huge cheers before Victoria and Natalya enter to huge boos. The boos reach deafening level as the reigning Queen's champion Michelle McCool makes her way down to the chamber. Natalya, Michelle, Trish and Victoria enter their chambers leaving us with our opening competitors of Mickie and Melissa


  • Mickie and Melissa go back and forth for the opening moments with neither able to get an advantage, they are busy chain wrestling when the lights go
3rd Entrant - Michelle McCool!

  • Michelle looks annoyed at the draw before charging at Mickie and Melissa. The pair move out the way before teaming up and taking down Michelle with a double suplex however Michelle soon gets back in and takes Melissa out with a big boot. Her and Mickie trade blows before the lights go again
4th Entrant - Trish Stratus!

  • Trish explodes into the match with a Lou Thesz press to Michelle before hitting a Chick Kick onto Mickie knocking her out to the outside into the clutches of Melissa who hits an Air Raid Crash but cannot cover as she collapses
  • Trish turns around, Wings of Love attempt.... connects! 1.....2.... Kickout! The lights go again...
5th Entrant - Victoria!

  • Victoria slowly enters the ring before being cut off by a recovered Melissa, Melissa almost catches Victoria by surprise but the Kondo Driver is countered, Widows Peak connects! 1......2..........3!
Elimination - Cheerleader Melissa


  • Victoria celebrates as meanwhile Trish and Michelle are still going at it, the lights go one final time
6th Entrant - Natalya Neidhart

  • Natalya goes straight at Victoria taking her down with a Nattie by Nature, Trish dispatched with a German Suplex. Mickie off the ropes, Suplex in mid air! Michelle and Natalya are left on their feet, Faith Breaker from behind.... Countered! Sharpshooter! Natalya bends back and back, Michelle makes the ropes but there are not rope breaks! She has no choice but to tap!
Elimination - Michelle McCool
Josh Matthews: We have a guaranteed new Queen of nXtreme!

  • Natalya celebrates and shouts that she will take back what is hers.... Roll up from behind by Trish! 1....2.......3!
Elimination - Natalya Neidhart

Natalya cannot believe it but has to leave the Chamber. She turns to Michelle and hits a Nattie By Nature on her before leaving

  • Trish, Victoria and Mickie are left and the three put on a great back and forth for a good few minutes before Trish hits Victoria with a Stratusfaction out of nowhere...1......2.....3!
Elimination - Victoria

  • Just as Trish gets up off of Victoria Mickie hits a Mick Kick...1.......2.... NO! She picks Trish up, Long Kiss Goodnight.... NO! MaTrish Reloaded! Connects
  • 1.....2...... Kickout! Trish cannot believe it, she goes for Stratusfaction.... Reversed.... Mick-DT! 1......2....................................3!
Winner via Pinfall and NEW Queen of nXtreme Champion - Mickie James!
Post match Mickie celebrates as the confetti falls and the chamber rises. Suddenly Puppet on a String hits and Gail Kim walks out. She stares at Mickie before lifting the Purse in the air. Mickie raises the Title in the air and the show ends with the pair staring each other down as the crowd goes wild and Josh Matthews thanks us for watching and says that nXtreme will be back next week and he cannot wait to see what the fallout from the iMplosion is!

Gregers

Posts : 15025
Join date : 2011-01-28
Age : 33
Location : Brighton, England

https://www.facebook.com/Gregers25

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Guest Mon 23 Jul 2012, 2:21 pm

Snake City Wrestling proudly presents: SALVATION!

WELCOME TO THE SNAKEPIT!!

Salvation comes to air, as You Me at Six’ ‘The Swarm’ plays, at Leicester’s King Power Stadium, which is filled to capacity, as we are greeted by a lavish opening pyro displaying, culminating in a giant explosion revealing the stage. The word ‘SALVATION’ stands atop the stage, with the entrance way situated in the ‘A’ as William Regal welcomes us to what promises to be the biggest, and best SCW show there has ever been. He hypes up the card, saying every match smacks of star quality and that we’re in for one epic night of entertainment! He then plugs the main event, a 60 minute ironman match between two icons of the industry, for the SCW World Championship and teases hearing from The Rock and HBK throughout the course of the evening.

Match 1
Semi Final 1
SCW Global Title Tournament
Drew McIntyre vs. Eddie Edwards


-The crowd are dead set in their support for Edwards, as McIntyre plays the heel role to aplomb, goading both Edwards and the crowd, pointing to the Global title encased by the announce table.
-It’s a cagey opening, as both men feel one another out. Locking up a number of times but neither budging, nor giving an inch.
- McIntyre, being the bigger of the two, eventually cracks the technical prowess of Edwards, reeling him in and hitting a few knees, jockeying for position and hitting Edwards with a gutbuster.
- What follows is a period of dominance for the Scot, who keeps Edwards supressed, every time he looks ready for a comeback.
- McIntyre comes close to a 3 count when he drops Edwards with a big boot, rocking Edwards right in the temple, Edwards kicks out at 2 though.
-Edwards comes back into it though, when McIntyre’s cockiness bites him on the backside, when whilst bad mouthing the crowd, he turns around right into a rejuvenated Edwards, who hits a stunner.
- Edwards follows up with a period of dominance of his own, utilising his famed technical skill to keep McIntyre reined in.
-The ending comes on the back of this spell though, in somewhat acrimonious circumstances, as when setting up for The Die Hard, McIntyre rolls down the back of Edwards and rolls him up, grabbing the tights and securing the win.

WINNER AND THROUGH TO THE FINAL – Drew McIntyre.

Edwards looks aghast as McIntyre is proclaimed the winner. Regal talks up McIntyre’s underhandedness but reminds us that nevertheless, he advances through to the final, somewhat fortuitously and that Edwards has every right to feel aggrieved.

We go backstage and see that Tommaso Ciampa is with an interviewer. Ciampa talks about how tonight he will make a statement to the world. He’ll show that The Sicilian Psychopath is a force to be reckoned with here in SCW. People will remember SCW Salvation, as the night that Tommaso Ciampa came to the party, and unfortunately for the locker room, he’s the worst kind of guest.

Match 2
SCW King of the Extreme Title
Extreme Rules
Sabu vs. Scott Hall vs. Necro Butcher vs. Sandman


- As all four men stand opposite eachother weapons in hand, the crowd are absolutely buzzing for the match, as Sabu stands with a chair, Sandman with his cane, Scott Hall with a baseball bat and Necro Butcher with a barbed wire 4X4.
- What follows, is the vintage carnage, chaos and mayhem that is attributed to these matches.
- From the off, weapons fly and material collides with bone, as Sabu immediately sets upon Hall, ducking a baseball shot and throwing the chair at him, and then dropkicking him from the ring, as Butcher and Sandman sound one another out with their weaponry.
- The first spot of the match comes when Sandman’s and Butchers’ brawl spills outside, close to where Hall is regathering himself, and they are rocked as Sabu soars over the top rope, driving them all into the floor.
- The carnage continues with Butcher being the first to shed blood, when he is on the receiving end of a flurry from Sandman’s Singapore Cane, before Sandman DDT’s him onto the steel steps.
- Hall has rallied and after repelling an attack from Sandman, spears the ECW legend through a barrier.
- Arguably the spot of the match comes when in the midst of the chaos, reigning all around, Hall and Sandman are strewn in the wreckage of the barrier and Sabu has just clocked Butcher with the barbed wire bat leaving him prone on the announce table. Sabu takes to the ring and using the ropes as a leg up, flies through the air, sending himself and Butcher through the table, leaving the crowd roaring in approval as all 4 men are out.
- The end comes when Hall has Sandman set up for the Razor’s Edge, but is attacked from behind by Butcher with the baseball bat, Hall drops Sandman and Butcher hits the Necro Bomb, he’s set to make the pin when out of nowhere, Sabu hits the Arabian Facebuster. Sabu covers and gets the win!

WINNER AND SCW KING OF THE EXTREME – Sabu

Backstage, Ricky Steamboat is interviewed. He talks about his match with his son tonight, and says that this isn’t what he wanted. But Richie has pushed him too far for there to be any other way than to settle their differences in the ring. It’s going to hurt, but Richie Steamboat will learn respect the hard way.

Match 3
Semi Final 2
SCW Global Title Tournament
Tommaso Ciampa vs. MVP


- MVP comes flying out of the blocks early doors, and takes the fight to Ciampa, stunning his opponent by setting up for a Playmaker within the opening seconds. Ciampa wriggles out and takes MVP down with a clothesline.
- From here, Ciampa begins to tee off on MVP, near enough brutalising his opponent with any offence he can reel off.
- Ciampa whips MVP to the corner, and proceeds to drive his shoulder into MVP’s midsection as the referee intervenes.
- Ciampa backs off as MVP slumps, and looks dismissively at the referee before going back to work, unloading lefts and rights to the head of MVP as the referee begins to count to 5.
- The referee has no choice but to call the disqualification as Ciampa has no intention of stopping. Eventually the referee separates him from a dazed MVP and Ciampa just raises an arm, before smiling sadistically and hauling MVP up, to hit him with the Project Ciampa.
- The crowd boo, as Ciampa looks down at the stricken MVP.

WINNER AND THROUGH TO THE FINAL VIA DISQUALIFICATION – MVP.

John Laurinaitis is shown backstage talking to Randy Orton, he says that regardless of what has been said, Orton is his guy now and is better than Sheamus could ever want to be. Sheamus interrupts and mocks both men, calling Orton a lapdog. They square up but Johnny gets in between and shepherds Orton away, promising him that Sheamus will get his tonight.
Richie Steamboat is shown preparing for his match, he looks focused and ready as Regal hypes up the father and son clash. It’s next!


Match 4
Ricky ‘The Dragon’ Steamboat vs. Richie Steamboat


- In one of the most anticipated contests of the night, the tension was paramount, as for the first time ever, these two went head to head.
- It started as a cagey affair, with both men circling one another, looking for an opening, Richie trying to goad his father into the first move. Ricky however, is wily and cottoned on, reversing the psychology, so that an irate Richie made the first move.
- The match swings like a pendulum as Ricky uses his experience to pacify his son, but refuses to throw any punches. Ricky attempts a sunset flip to end it but Richie kicks out and lambasts his father for not wanting to fight properly. Richie continues to goad by pushing his father, and then slaps him. Enraging The Dragon.
- Ricky pushes Richie back and tees off with his patented knife edge chops, sending his son reeling to the corner. Ricky follows him and arm drags Richie out, then motioning for his son to bring it.
- The match almost begins from here as both men trade control, Ricky again using his ring craft to keep Richie quiet, but then almost like a mirror image of his father, Richie catches a running Ricky and hits a spinebuster, gaining a two count.
- Richie reels off a spell of dominance, executing a number of his signature moves, before hitting his father with a Gory Neckbreaker. He thinks he has the win but Ricky kicks out!
- Richie looks livid and hauls his father up but is stunned when out of nowhere Ricky rocks him with a heel kick.
- The match ebbs and flows and reaches an epic climax when Ricky places Richie on the top rope, Ricky sets up for a superplex, but is rocked by Richie hitting a stiff couple of punches to the midsection before he kicks him off to the mat below.
- Ricky is down and Richie senses his chance, stepping up and lining up for his father’s famous Crossbody. He takes off as Ricky turns round and nails it, but Ricky, showing his experience allows it to roll through, where he is able to pin Richie… 1…..2……..3!
- Richie is in disbelief as in the blink of an eye, he has lost the match. Ricky is a bit groggy as it sinks in that he has won and the referee holds his hand up, he goes to console his son and hug him, but Richie snaps and begins to assault his father, spearing him to the mat and unloading punch after punch. He steps away and halls his father up and gets him in a sleeper, yelling that this isn’t over, before hitting The Sling Blade (sleeper slam) and leaving his father out cold.

Match 5
Randy Orton vs. Sheamus

- As both men face one another, John Laurinaitis in Orton’s corner, the animosity between both men is palpable as what follows is a physical encounter.
- There are times, where both men are trading blows as the control ebbs and flows, as John Laurinaitis watches on, cheering on his charge.
- Sheamus looks to take control, but when aiming to hit Orton with a running shoulder block but Orton is level to it and hits his snap powerslam, to gain control.
- To Big Johnny’s joy, Orton goes about weakening and break Sheamus down, reeling off his patented offence, hitting a full nelson slam to get a close 2 count.
- Orton hits his rope-hung DDT and again gets a two count, and senses blood in the water as he builds to the RKO, pummeling the canvas, willing Sheamus to stand as Laurinaitis smiles.
- Orton goes to hit it, but Sheamus counters it into the Irish Curse back breaker and both men are down.
- Sheamus begins to dominate from here, hitting his forehand blows to Orton’s chest, a fallaway slam and then he goes upstairs to hit the Battering Ram, leaving Orton out on the mat, Sheamus gets a 2 count but Johnny looks worried.
- Orton stumbles up and walks straight into the White Noise from Sheamus, who looks fired up and starts chanting and firing the crowd up for the inevitable Brogue Kick.
- Orton is stirring, looking out on his feet as Sheamus wills him round and he is about to charge the Viper when he is distracted by Laurinaitis getting on to the apron, this leads to a staredown between the two men, Sheamus grins, and lamps Laurinaitis with a right hand, sending him to the floor.
- Sheamus roars to the crowd and turns to finish off Orton but walks flush into an RKO. The count is academic and the crowd boo as Orton is proclaimed the winner.
- Laurinaitis joins him in the ring and they both look at Sheamus who is about coming to… Laurinaitis looks to Orton and nods, saying “finish him”.
- Orton lines up Sheamus, and hits him with the punt to the head, leaving Sheamus unconscious and in need of medical attention as Orton and Laurinaitis celebrate and goad the former SCW Champion.

WINNER – RANDY ORTON

We go backstage, and see Shawn Michaels preparing for the main event. He talks about how The Rock has dodged and ducked his way out of facing him thus far, but tonight, there is no escape, no running away, 60 minutes with The Heartbreak Kid. Tonight is a measure of whether The Rock is a fighting champion, or the coward that he’s proving to be. Regardless though, after 60 minutes, SCW will have the champion it deserves, The Headliner, The Main Event, The Icon, The Heartbreak Kid… Shawn Michaels.

Match 6
SCW Global Title
SCW Global Title Tournament Final
Drew McIntyre vs. MVP


- After both men reached the final in somewhat contrasting circumstances, any questions of their right to be in the match were dispelled in a hotly contested affair.
- McIntyre dominated from the off, as Ciampa’s attack on MVP told in the early running, as MVP struggled to garner a foothold in the match.
- Control is traded though, as MVP finds a way back in and the desire to be crowned champion tells on both men.
- MVP sets up for The Playmaker, but McIntyre battles out and hits MVP with a big boot.
- The end comes on the back of this as McIntyre ruthlessly pulls MVP up and hits The Futureshock covering MVP and claiming the Global Title!

WINNER AND SCW GLOBAL CHAMPION – Drew McIntyre

For the final time, we go backstage, and we see The Rock. He has the SCW World Title over his shoulder and is pacing back and forwards. The crowd are booing him unanimously, and he talks of how he doesn’t need the people to know he is great. He has done things that transcend that of half of this roster. The Rock is rightly the World Champion of this company, because he is the only one that deserves to be and he’ll slap the lips off the face of any jabroni that says otherwise, starting tonight with Shawn Michaels. 60 minutes to show the world that The Rock isn’t a coward, to that The Rock is the greatest damn wrestler in the world… 60 minutes to slam the door shut on the career of Shawn Michaels for good.

MAIN EVENT
SCW World Title
60 Minute Ironman Match
The Rock © vs. Shawn Michaels


A match for the ages… Some may even say a dream match between two of professional wrestling’s biggest icons, in a 60 minute Ironman Match.

The referee holds the title between both men, and they look to the title and then to eachother, numerous times, as the atmosphere is almost a fever pitch. The bell rings and the timer starts it’s countdown. The Rock is seen asking HBK if he’s ready, before advancing towards his opponent for a lock up, but is rocked immediately by a Sweet Chin Music as the crowd pop!
HBK covers and almost instantaneously holds a 1-0 lead!

0-15 minutes - HBK tries to cover again, but The Champion is able to kick out of the second attempt. HBK looks to inflict more damage to the stricken champion, backing him up to the corner and reeling off Flair-esque chops, as The Rock cries out in pain. HBK hits an atomic drop to The Rock and then goes up top, looking for an elbow drop. He takes off, but The Rock rolls away, HBK crashing and burning allowing The Rock to battle back. HBK gets up and walks into DDT from The Rock.

The Rock 0 – 1 HBK

15-30 minutes – The Rock now has the upperhand after stunning HB K with the DDT, and goes about trying to cause damage, stomping down onto Michaels and focusing an assault onto the legs of HBK to nullify the threat of the Sweet Chin Music. He does this by smashing the leg of HBK into the steel ring post a number of times, only stopping at the threat of the referee dq’ing him. The Rock returns to HBK, but is kicked away, allowing HBK to get his footing but as he goes for a kick to The Rock’s gut, The Rock telegraphs it and engineers his way into The Sharpshooter, synching it in in the middle of the ring. After a struggle, HBK has to tap, levelling the score.

The Rock 1 – 1 HBK

30-45 minutes – By far the most open period of the match as the match swings back and forwards. The best sequence of the match comes when The Rock catches HBK with a Rock Bottom, instead of pinning, he goes to add insult to misery, by looking for a Sweet Chin Music of his own, including the tuning up of the band. HBK stumbles up and The Rock pounces, but somehow, HBK ducks and The Rock turns into a Rock Bottom from HBK. Pin, 1….2…..3! The crowd are loving every second as HBK takes a 2-1 lead heading into the last 15 minutes.

The Rock 1 – 2 HBK

45-60 minutes - HBK’s lead doesn’t last too long, entering the final period, as he looks to go for a rare moonsault from the top rope. As HBK takes off, The Rock moves but HBK has scouted it and landed on his feet, he charges at The Rock but is rocked by a Spinebuster, The Rock goes through the motions and a People’s Elbow later, the score is 2-2 with 10 minutes left. The action again, goes back and forwards, HBK nearly stealing another fall when locking in a figure four leglock in the middle of the ring. The drama is palpable as somehow, The Rock reaches the ropes. The Rock stands up and HBK wearily charges, hitting a forearm smash into The Rock but also following through and catching the referee. Regardless, HBK kips up and begins to tune the band, the crowd loving it, sensing that there may be a new champion. The Rock stirs… Sweet Chin Music! However, the referee is still out… HBK tries to get him to stir with the clock running down at a minute and 45 when, out the crowd, Tommaso Ciampa appears. He slides into the ring, blindsiding HBK with a chop block, lifting him up and hitting The Project Ciampa, leaving both The Rock and HBK prone. The referee is stirring slowly and Ciampa rolls The Rock on top of HBK and leaves the ring. The referee makes the count, and seconds the later the match is over!

WINNER AND STILL SCW WORLD CHAMPION – THE ROCK (The Rock 3 – 2 HBK)

The Rock is barely on the planet as the camera focuses upon Tommaso Ciampa, with Regal signing out Salvation, by reminding us of Ciampa’s earlier words… “There’s a new, unruly guest at SCW’s top table… But why? What is Tommaso Ciampa’s angle here?!”

Salvation finishes with the image of The Rock cradling the SCW title, and then Ciampa smiling from the ramp.

Guest
Guest


Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Guest Fri 03 Aug 2012, 11:13 am

Week 7
NCWF vs nXtreme

Opening of show
The crowd give a good reaction to the opening of NCWF, but they quickly descend into boos as the Pure Bloods come down to the ring. The three men arrogantly soak up the atmosphere before Seth Rollins begins to talk.

Rollins: It’s nice to see that the fans are now truly appreciating the best that this company has to offer. Now that we have control of the federation, things are going to be run a little differently. First of all, GM Armando Estrada has been fired, and the day to day running of the federation for the immediate future is to be overseen by the Pure Bloods. Secondly, any disobedience towards the Pure Bloods, or any attacks on their rule will also result in terminations of their contract. With that all in mind, we hope that both you the audience, as well as the wrestlers in the back, enjoy the show.

The crowd give major heat as the Pure Bloods leave the arena as they are pelted with litter thrown by the crowd.

Match 1
Hamada vs. ???
1. Hamada comes to the ring to heat and asks who her opponent is. There is a long pause and suddenly a big pop as Ivory comes to the ring.
2. Ivory takes the early control as she overpowers Hamada, and manages to hit a suplex for a close two count.
3. Hamada fights back into it, and uses a technical skill base to wear down Ivory. She hits a running lariat to get a close two count.
4. The battle goes back and forth until Ivory counters a DDT attempt by Hamada into the Poison Ivory to get the pinfall.
5. Ivory celebrates in the ring before Tamina Snuka comes out and raises her title to Ivory and the two women try to stare down the other.

Backstage Segment
Brian Pillman is shown backstage with an interviewer. Pillman is looking slightly deranged, but as he is wearing sunglasses, you can’t see the extent of his expressions.

Interviewer: Brian, last night a lot of people said you stole victory as both Doug Williams and Jerry Lynn couldn’t co-operate, what do you say to this?

Pillman: What do I say to that? Ha ha, of course I stole it, because that’s what you have to do in this business, if you really want it, you have to take it. Lynn and Williams lost the match because I got into their heads, I scared them and scared the wits out of them, now they don’t even know who they can trust and for that reason, I’ve already won the war with them.

Interviewer: Tonight you are the special enforcer to the match with them, who decided that and are you going to intervene in the match itself in any way?

Pillman: Me? Intervene? Don’t be so silly, I’d never do something as silly as that. But in regards to who decided it, our new bosses decided it would be good for business, similarly, they decided that the “Loose Cannon” was good for business, so in turn have given me a much bigger contract, on the condition that I “behave” while around them.

Brian Pillman smirks at the interviewer before walking off.

Match 2
Jerry Lynn vs. Doug Williams w/Special Enforcer – Brian Pillman
1. Jerry Lynn comes out first to a fairly good pop, Doug Williams then comes out to an equally good pop. Brian Pillman finally comes out to loud heat and sits at ringside.
2. Lynn takes advantage early in the match, using his technical skill to work over Williams, getting a close fall from a running crossbody.
3. Williams fights his way back into the match using his power, but then again uses a technical onslaught to weaken Lynn, before hitting a powerbomb and getting a two count.
4. Williams and Lynn begin to trade blows with one another and tire each other out, as Pillman stands up and starts applauding. Suddenly both men look at Pillman, then jump out of the ring and start to attack him.
5. Williams and Lynn attack Pillman with punches, but Pillman is able to squirm away, looking shocked back down at Lynn and Williams who beckon him back into the ring.


Backstage Segment
Ric Flair, Big Show and DDP are shown backstage in their locker room. The three men all look downtrodden as they’re getting ready for their matches.

Big Show: So that’s it then. We fought hard but they won, they’re in power now, our days in this place are numbered.

DDP: Hey! I didn’t come to this federation to just give up, I came here to make a name for myself, and I’m damn sure not going to just give up.

Big Show: Did you not here them man? They said that anyone who went against them would be terminated. Do you really think they’re going to forget that we were the guys kicking them around for the past six weeks?

DDP: I know that, but all we have to do is keep fighting and there is now way...

Ric Flair: I know the two of you have different prospects on this situation, but right about now, cooler heads need to prevail. Yes, the Pure Bloods are indeed on top now and it’s not looking good for us, but DDP is right also. If I’m going down, I am going to raise so much hell, that there is no place left to run if they fire us wooooooo! Now, who’s with me?

DDP: I’m down with that.

Big Show: This Giant isn’t going down without a fight.

The three men then tag hands as the camera exits the room.

Match 3
Michael Elgin/Mike Bennet vs. Ric Flair/Big Show
1. Mike Bennet and Michael Elgin come to the ring first to huge heat, Ric Flair and Big Show then come down to the ring to major pops.
2. Big Show takes the advantage first in the match against Bennet, using his power advantage to throw Bennet around the ring. Big Show hits a military press slam to Bennet, but doesn’t pin him, instead tagging in Flair.
3. Ric Flair then starts to attack the legs of Bennet, trash talking Bennet as he does so. Flair looks set to lock in the Figure Four, but Elgin gets in and hits a lariat to Flair, allowing Bennet an opening to make a tag to Elgin.
4. Elgin then uses his power advantage over Flair to work over Flair, focusing on the head and back in particular, hitting a series of shots to the head and midriff of Flair. Elgin gets a near two count after a sidewalk slam.
5. Bennet is tagged back in and methodically walks over Flair, trash talking him now. Bennet attacks the stitched up head of Flair, before hitting a DDT for a close two count.
6. Bennet sets up for the Box Office Smash, only for Big Show to get into the ring and chokeslam him. Elgin then jumps into the ring as well and the two men brawl out of the ring.
7. In the ring, Ric Flair crawls to the cover on Bennet and the referee gets to a two count, before Seth Rollins gets into the ring and hits Flair with a pipe to the back of the head. Rollins then orders the referee to count as Bennet covers Flair and the Pure Bloods win the match.
8. Rollins and Elgin then help Bennet to the back as DDP comes down to the ring and checks on Ric Flair, as Big Show makes sure the Pure Bloods don’t come back.

Backstage Segment
Bully Ray is seen backstage in his locker room preparing for his match. He’s showing signs of his match last night. Suddenly the three Pure Bloods walk in, and Bully Ray looks slightly apprehensive.

Rollins: Calm down Bully, there is nothing bad here for us to say. We just wanted to congratulate you on your match last night.

Bully Ray: Thanks... It’s nice to know that I’m finally done with that freak-show El Mesias or whatever the hell his name is. The past is the past and now onto the future and getting my rightful shots at this companies gold.

Rollins: Yes, yes, but we have a little problem of our own that we wouldn’t mind you taking care of. You see, you’re taking on DDP tonight, and we’d be awfully grateful if you could... ensure that his night isn’t a pleasurable one, if you catch my meaning, and hey, if you do that, then I definitely see some gold around your waist in the future.

Bully Ray: A title shot in exchange for taking out some has-been, you’ve got yourself a deal.

Bully Ray shakes hands with Rollins and exits the locker room as the three Pure Bloods smile to one another.

Match 4
DDP vs. Bully Ray
1. Bully Ray comes out to loud heat while DDP comes out to a very good pop.
2. Bully takes the early advantage with a more power and brawler based offence. Bully beats down DDP in the corner with strikes, before hitting a piledriver for a two count.
3. DDP counters a running attack to the corner from Bully to start his offence, which is much more technical and high speed. DDP works over the head and neck area of Bully Ray, before hitting a swinging neckbreaker for a close fall.
4. Bully Ray manages to fight his way back into it and the two men are evenly matched until Bully Ray rakes the eyes, and is then able to take down DDP with a powerbomb.
5. Bully Ray sets up DDP for the Bully Cutter when suddenly El Mesias comes through the crowd and stares at Bully Ray from the outside. Bully looks paralyzed with fear, when suddenly DDP spins him around and hits the Diamond Cutter. DDP pins Bully Ray and gets the win.
6. DDP celebrates going up the ramp, as El Mesias smiles menacingly into the ring, before disappearing back into the crowd.

In Ring Segment
Jack Swagger comes down to the ring with the World Title to some major heat. Swagger then addresses the crowd.

Swagger: Last night, I proved to all the doubters why I am the best this industry has to offer. I defeated the Excellence of Execution and showed why I am the All American American. Now that I am officially the best in the business, it does leave the question of who I can face now, who really is up to my calibre.

Suddenly there is a loud pop as Bret Hart comes out onto the stage.

Hart: Last night Swagger, you got lucky. I take my focus off of you and that’s something I will never let happen again, and in case you didn’t realise, I got a rematch clause written into that title match for the loser, so now, regardless of who is in charge of the company, I get my shot at you, and I am cashing that in right now.

Bret Hart then comes running down to the ring with a referee as Jack Swagger prepares himself in the ring.

Main Event
NCWF World Title
Jack Swagger (c) vs. Bret Hart
1. Bret Hart takes the early advantage in the match, catching Swagger by surprise, and then working methodically over his legs and back. Hart hits a backbreaker and gets a two count.
2. Swagger works his way back into it using his power, and then starts throwing Hart around the ring, in an effort to wear him down. Swagger hits a running knee to get a close fall.
3. Hart fights back into the match and yet again assaults Swagger’s legs and back, Hart applies a figure four leg lock around the ring post as Swagger screams in anguish, and Hart refuses to release the hold until the referee’s count reaches 4.
4. Swagger uses cheap tactics to get back into the match, and is then tentative in his attack. Swagger focuses his attack on the ankles of Hart now, hitting a couple of chop blocks to weaken Hart down.
5. Swagger goes to lock on the ankle lock, but Hart counters this and is then able to lock in the Sharpshooter. As Swagger tries to reach the rope, Hart drags him back and Swagger is about to tap.
6. Suddenly the arena descends into boos as the Pure Bloods run down to the ring and begin to assault Hart. Rollins orders the referee out of the ring and the three men continue the assault. Swagger gets up looking scared, but the three men invite him to leave the ring, before continuing their assault, as Elgin and Bennet get chairs into the ring.
7. Elgin and Bennet are about to hit a con-chairto, when Ric Flair, Big Show and DDP come running in from the back to make the save, and brawl with the Pure Bloods. It’s a very even fight, but gradually, the assault from last night wears down Flair, and a 3 on 2 advantage takes its toll on DDP and Big Show.
8. Elgin and Bennet use the chairs to floor DDP and Big Show before Rollins calls for a microphone.

Rollins: I told you all at the start of the show, that dissention would result in termination, and oh boy, do I have some business to deal with in this ring. Firstly you, Bret Hart, last month you stuck your nose in our business, and you didn’t even have any reason to do so, you just felt like the big man trying to hold the real top wrestlers down. Well I hope you enjoyed that feeling while it lasted, because now, your fired! (Bret Hart looks up in disgust at Rollins, who then turns to the other three men). Then you three, you bunch of has-beens and ego driven carcases. You represent everything we stand against, whether it be living off a past reputation (he points at Flair), benefiting from your size alone (he points at Big Show), or using your friendship with those higher up to get you places (he points at DDP), you all sicken me. So Big Show, you’re fired! Ric Flair, you’re fired and DDP you’re... (Mike Bennet steps over to Seth Rollins and whispers something in his ear) the only one I have any respect for here. You beat us and for that, we have bigger plans for you, but for now, like the unemployed here, get out of our ring.

Seth Rollins, Mike Bennet and Michael Elgin stand tall in the ring with their arms raised as Bret Hart, Ric Flair and Big Show walk dejectedly back up the ramp to the backstage, while DDP is left looking confused at the Pure Bloods as the show ends.


Guest
Guest


Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by sodhat Sun 05 Aug 2012, 4:21 pm

Week 7

TAWA vs SCW

The show opens and Joey Styles welcomes us to TAWA. In the aftermath of the PPV he says he looks forward to tonight to see where the pieces fall.

Mr Anderson’s music hits and out comes the TAWA champion. He takes the applause and raises his belt before taking a mic. He says Jericho pushed him to his limit. He says he knew it would be the toughest challenge of his career – and he’s proud he rose to it. He’s proven himself as the champion he knew he could be and that he doesn’t care who his next opponent is – he’ll beat them too.

Jericho’s music hits and he comes down to the ring and takes a mic. He looks uncomfortable as he stands across from Mr Anderson, and then offers a hand to the champion. They shake hands and the crowd pops.

Jericho says he threw it all at Anderson and he couldn’t get it done. But he still thinks he can do it… he still believes he can be the best in the world again, even if Anderson currently holds the proof. He asks the crowd and Anderson if he can have one more chance…

Just as the crowd cheers Mark Henry comes out to the ramp and says Jericho just lost his backbone. He doesn’t deserve another shot. He lost. Henry doesn’t lose, he deserves the next shot and Jericho can get in line.

All three start talking at once and no-one can make out what is being said.
Teddy Long appears on the ramp and calls for everyone to pipe down… He says it’s going to be decided in the ring tonight. Mark Henry will take on Chris Jericho. And a special opponent to be revealed later in a triple threat match for the number 1 contendership to Mr Anderson’s title.

Match 1:

The Brooklyn Brawler vs Mike Quackenbush

The Brawler comes to the ring to a pop and Quackenbush follows. We get underway…
• Quackenbush takes control early with fast paced offence.
• The Brawler gets back into it with some typical brawling and Quackenbush is slowed down.
• Quackenbush counters the Brawler’s attempt at a body slam and rolls him up for a three count.

Winner by pinfall: Mike Quackenbush

Quackenbush gets out of the ring and backs up the ramp celebrating as the Brawler looks angry in the ring.

Owen Hart is backstage being interviewed and he says he is cleansed. He beat Benoit – we all saw it. He became the best damn thing that ever came out of the dungeon.

As he talks, Benoit comes over and gets in Owen’s face. He says that he couldn’t beat him fair and square. He’s an embarrassment to his family, his father, his brother, their legacy. If he wants to be the best he better prove it by beating him properly with no tricks. Otherwise he’s nothing but a leech on his father’s name.

Match 2: Epico and Primo vs Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov

Epico and Primo come out to boos, followed by Marella and Kozlov who take in the applause of the crowd.
• Santino starts out with Epico and takes control with hip tosses and tags Kozlov in.
• Kozlov goes through a repertoire of power moves and spears Epico in the corner. Epico is able to counter Kozlov with a DDT and he moves quickly to get to Primo who takes the tag reluctantly.
• Kozlov is back up and charges at Primo but is countered into a drop toe hold and a sleeper is applied.
• Primo wratchets the sleeper and Kozlov is fading. The ref lifts his arm and it drops twice but third time Kozlov is coming back.
• Kozlov gets back on his feet, elbows Primo and throws him off before tagging Santino.
• Santino is in and cleaning house, when Hunico comes in the ring and clotheslines him to the ground. All three of Latin America stomp on Santino before Kozlov gets in and they bail out.
• They link arms on the ramp to boos and Hunico makes a belt action around his waist.

Winners by DQ: Santino and Kozlov

Backstage The Brooklyn Brawler bumps into Doink the Clown who is laughing at him. He says he must be the worst wrestler in the company. Brawler says he doesn’t see Doink pulling up any trees, he’s just as bad. Doink says he is the best of the rest, the best of the jobbers. If there was a jobbers title, he’d be the holder… Quackenbush and Kenta approach the two bickering and join in arguing their own claims before Teddy Long comes out of his office. Teddy says if they want to argue about this they can do it in the ring, he’s trying to work back here. He says next week will be a fatal four way for the inaugural jobbers championship, and they can all keep it zipped till then.

Match 3: Chris Benoit vs Dynamite Kid

Dynamite comes out to the ring first accompanied by Davey and Joey Styles says this next match will be a treat for pure wrestling fans… Benoit follows out looking stern and we get underway.

• As expected they go to chain wrestling on the mat and both men show off their repertoire. Dynamite gets the upper hand early.
• Dynamite hits Benoit with a series of quick moves and Benoit can’t get back in.
• Dynamite goes for a hurricanrana but Benoit is able to counter to a power bomb and gets straight on Dynamite with power moves.
• Benoit tries to grind Dynamite down with sleepers and headlocks and throws him over for three german suplexes but on the final one Dynamite somehow rolls through and almost gets a three count.
• Benoit is angry at himself and turns straight into a kick to the head. Dynamite goes up top and lands a diving headbutt but can’t get three.
• He kicks Benoit on the ground and goes for a second headbutt but this time Benoit rolls out of the way and locks in a crossface. It’s dead centre of the ring and Dynamite has no choice but to tap.

Winner by pinfall: Chris Benoit

After the match Benoit holds his head and looks exhausted when he is attacked from behind by Owen Hart. Hart pounds on Benoit, and takes a mic. He says he was willing to let it lie, to leave it to be the bigger man and move on. But Benoit had to flap his gums, to provoke him. He promises everywhere Benoit turns he’ll be there to smack him in the mouth. He’s going to embarrass him in and out of the ring until he retires, and leaves Owen as the undisputed king of the dungeon.

Joey Styles says Hart has a sadistic streak…

He then hypes the main event, which is next, and says he can’t wait to find out the mystery mans identity.

Match 4: Chris Jericho vs Mark Henry vs ?

Jericho is out first and the crowd cheer and he smiles sheepishly on his way to the ring. Mark Henry follows to boos and he looks confident. The arena falls silent as they wait on the final enrant…after a few seconds the familiar music of John Cena hits and he runs on to the stage to a huge pop as the two in the ring look shocked. Cena charges to the ring and poses for the crowd with a huge smile on his face.

• Henry starts out going straight to Jericho and beats him down in the corner. Cena comes from behind and turns Henry around and they exchange punches.
• Cena and Henry are going at it as Jericho recovers from the beat down and neither man will back down to the others power.
• Eventually Jericho is up and he and Cena back Henry up with strikes and joint clothesline him over the top rope.
• Cena and Jericho are left and eye each other before exchanging moves. Cena eventually gains the upper hand but on a five knuckle shuffle Jericho grabs the ankle and rolls him through to apply the walls.
• Cena can’t make the ropes and it’s only broken when Henry takes Jericho out and throws him out of the ring.
• Henry picks Cena up to go for the finish but Cena fights out and wails on Henry before loading him up and with great strength hitting an AA.
• Cena makes the pin and Jericho just can’t reach to break it in time…

Winner by pinfall and new number one contender to the TAWA championship: John Cena

Cena rolls out and celebrates at ringside while Jericho slumps in the ring having been so close. Henry starts to stir but John Cena backs up the ramp as the new number one contender.

Joey Styles says John Cena may be the man to blow Mr Anderson's claim to being the best around, and he can't wait to see the two meet face to face...

sodhat

Posts : 22236
Join date : 2011-02-28
Age : 35
Location : London

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by ncfc_Tooze Sun 05 Aug 2012, 9:51 pm

MWF

MWF TV- S3 EP 5- Super X Cup Night 1

Opening
Ricardo Rodriguez is in the ring, he welcomes us to tonights show. he explains that this show is the first night of the super X cup which will take place every other week. he also announces that he has been made General Manager of these shows as this was his idea. he then goes over the rules- League Format, 3 points for a pin win, 4 for a Submission/Knockout win 1 point for a draw. Each Match has a 15min time limit

Match 1- Mark Haskins Vs Zack Sabre Jr
* This is Highflying affair
* Haskins flying around the most with Sabre trying to keep him grounded with his brit style
* Haskins goes for the Shooting Star Press but Sabre Moves
* Sabre now takes advantage
* Sabre Kicks and uses upper cuts
* Sabre then once he has Haskins Well and truly grounded he locks in a cattle Mutilation, Haskins has no choice but to tap
Winner by Submission and Gaining 4 points- Zack Sabre jr


Match 2- Lance Storm vs Little Guido
* Lance Storm Brutalises Guido from the off
* Storm hits a craddle Piledriver to gain the fall
Winner by Pin Gaining 3 points- Lance Storm


Match 3-Dean Malenko vs Chuck Cyrus
* Dean Malenko works over Chuck Cyrus' Leg for the opening few minutes of the match
* He uses big uppercuts to hurt Chuck
* He Attempts to Lock in a Texas Cloverleaf
* As Malenko rolls the move over Chuck Kicks him away sending him into the turnbuckles, as Malenko comes back Chuck Rolls him up to gain the shock win
Winner by Pinfall Gaining 3 points- Chuck Cyrus

Match 4- TAKA Michinoku vs PAC
* This is a Hard Hitting match
* The more experienced man slowly takes advantage
* He stops PAC flying about the ring
* PAC slowly fights his way back in, Htting dropkicks from loads of different angles and heights
* The Match evens it self back out
* TAKA goes for a Michinoku Driver but PAC is able slide away and roll him up to gain a 2 count
* PAC Levels TAKA to the mat, he goes up top to go for the 720 Splash but before he can jump the bell rings to draw the match to a close
Match is a Draw therefore both men gain 1 point


Pre Match
We see Challenger and champion warming up in there locker rooms before both men exit them and begin walking up the corridor

Main Event- X Division Title Match- MWF Title Rules- AJ Styles vs Psicosis
Round 1- Even opening round
Round 2- Another even round upto the last few moments where Styles slowly gets an advantage
Round 3- Styles continues where the last round left off
Round 4- Styles hits a Styles Clash Mid round to gain the first fall- 1-0 AJ Styles
Round 5- Once Psicosis gets his wits back this round is even
Round 6- another even round
Round 7- Psicosis hits a Beautiful looking Moonsault that gains him an equalising fall- 1-1
Round 8- Psicosis keeps styles grounded through out the round
Round 9- This round is quite equal until The champ hits a Pele Kick out of Nowhere and makes the cover that gains him the winning fall
Winner and still X Div Champion- AJ Styles

ncfc_Tooze
Global Moderator
Global Moderator

Posts : 9235
Join date : 2011-01-25
Age : 33
Location : North Walsham,Norfolk

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Gregers Mon 06 Aug 2012, 12:04 am

Week 7 - nXtreme vs NCWF

The opening video plays as the pyro goes off and we are welcomed to the Brighton Arena as normal by Josh Mathews, Josh then introduces us to his new partner in crime Matt Striker and the crowd cheers. Matt says that he's ecstatic to be here and says that we have a heck of a post PPV show tonight! Before he can say anything more he is interrupted by Mickie James' music as the crowd explodes and the new Queen of nXtreme makes her way down to the ring. She says that winning the belt was the pinnacle of her career so far but she insists that unlike the previous champion she will be a fighting champ. This brings out Natalya Neidhart who says that she never truly lost the belt, Mickie says whilst that is true she did lose at iMplosion. Before she can reply out comes Trish Stratus who congratulates Mickie but says that as she was the one who was pinned she thinks the fans deserve to see them go one on one again. Finally, Gail comes out with the Money in the Purse. She says nothing but instead just raises the purse and points at it before pointing at Mickie. As all four Queen's stare at each other Alicia appears on the titontron and says that tonights main event will be Trish and the Champion versus Gail and Natalya. We then go backstage.

Backstage we see JBL gloating about how he proved he is a true wrestling God at iMplosion and is now the first ever Undisputed Champion of nXtreme. He says that he will challenge anyone to last 10 minutes in the ring with him. He then bumps in Alex Riley before saying that he will do and hits a big boot to the back of Rileys head before laughing and walking off, both the World and Legends titles strewn across his shoulders.

Back in the ring we see that Akira is already on his way to the ring. The crowd then start to give a mixed reaction with several massive boos in it as Sin Cara runs down to the ring. Josh and Matt talk over the two losses that these two had at iMplosion.

Match 1 - Sin Cara vs Akira Kawabata


  • The match is fast paced as expected
  • Sin Cara takes it to Akira throughout and the injuries from the assault from Daniels are obvious on Akira
  • Striker puts over how big a deal Sin Cara is back in Mexico whilst Josh says how incredible some of these moves are
  • Akira manages to get back into it briefly after Cara misses a moonsault at around the 8 minute mark
  • However at the 11 minute mark Cara reverses a Ranjin Buster into La Mistica
  • One Spanish Fly later and its all she wrote
Winner via Pinfall - Sin Cara
Cara celebrates before grabbing a microphone "Esto no ha terminado. Voy a ser campeón del mundo a finales de esta temporada, y voy a dar ese título de Dios abandonada leyendas conmigo también. Porque yo soy Sin Cara y yo soy el dios mexicano de lucha." He finishes off by picking up Akira and hitting a Standing Moonsault Side Slam. We then head to commercial.
Back from commercial and LayCool are in the GM's office and are moaning to Eve about how unfair iMplosion was. Eve agrees but says that at "The End of the Line" she will make sure that any and all Queen's that are aligned with that other GM will pay. LayCool like the sound of that, Eve then says that she has booked Michelle vs Cheerleader Melissa which is up next. The three women laugh before we move scene.
We move to Triple X's locker room where Low Ki and Elix Skipper are trying to control Christopher Daniels. Daniels is raving about how he was right all along and how Suicide is reel. Skipper says to him that regardless of that they have a match against MCMG and a mystery partner. Daniels says that all he is interested in is hurting Suicide and promises that they will meet one on one at "The End of the Line" and he will destroy what he created. Low Ki then says that he got robbed at iMplosion so they can channel their anger towards MCMG and whatever lowlife is tagging with them.
Back at ringside its time for our second match, LayCool enter to huge boos whereas Melissa gets a large cheer

Match 2 - Michelle McCool w/Layla El vs Cheerleader Melissa


  • A great match between two very talented Queens
  • The match is back and forth to start with until Layla's interference always Michelle to take the advantage
  • This causes Michelle to dominate for a large section but Melissa just won't give in
  • Michelle locks in the MADT but Melissa struggles to the ropes, she gets pulled back but still won't give in
  • This causes Michelle to berate the referee before turning back to Melissa....
  • Kondo Clutch out of nowhere, locked in right in the middle of the ring. Michelle struggles and struggles but eventually has no choice whatsoever but to tap!
Winner via Submission - Cheerleader Melissa
Post match Layla rolls in and attacks Melissa before hitting the LayOut. The recovering Michelle joins in until Raquel Diaz and Molly Holly charge down to the ring to make the save. The pair clear the ring before checking on Melissa. The trio stare down LayCool who signal at them from the ramp.
Going backstage once more we see MCMG warming up, Sabin congratulates Shelley on his win at iMplosion before pointing at the nXt Factor Title and saying how he'd love to have another chance at it. Shelley then says that he always enjoys facing off but for now they must join forces as Triple X are just not going away. Sabin agrees but then says that at least they have a secret weapon tonight in their mystery partner. The pair laugh in agreement before we head back to ringside for our next match.

Match 3 - John 'Bradshaw' Layfield vs Alex Riley



  • Striker puts JBL over before Josh says that Riley can't be in a fit state to compete tonight
  • The match is very one sides with JBL slapping Riley around
  • He hits a JBL bomb early on but refuses to pin and instead continues the assault
  • At the 5 minute mark Riley dodges a big boot and makes a bit of a comeback as he is urged on by the crowd. Hip toss!
  • Game Changer connects, Riley points to the crowd. He goes up top for a Sitout Clothesline...
  • Caught in midair! Fallaway slam by JBL. JBL glares at Riley before waiting for him to rise... CLOTHESLINE FROM HELL!
  • 1....2.....3!
Winner via Pinfall - John 'Bradshaw' Layfield
Post match JBL celebrates before lifting his two titles to huge boos as we go to commercial
Back from commercial Rey Mysterio is in the ring. He says that he wants Eddie to come out and explain how exactly he won their match at iMplosion because Eddie's behaviour once again ruined what was a true classic of a match. Eddie then comes out and immediately starts to apologize to Rey. He says that its in his nature and try as he might he just cannot change how he is. He says that he is truly sorry for grabbing the tights for the win but argues that Rey would have done anything to win. Rey says he would not jeopardize his integrity or his legacy. Eddie says that he is sorry to hear that as he always thought of Rey as a brother, but of course he must have forgot that Rey is not and will never be a Guerrero! Suddenly a man slides into the ring behind Rey and attacks him from behind
Striker: Oh my God! Thats Chavo Guerrero!
Mathews: What the hell is he doing here?
Chavo attacks Rey as Eddie looks on before once again saying that he is sorry to Rey. Chavo lifts up Rey and hits a huge Gory Bomb before posing and smiling at Eddie. We then head to a video as the commentators try to work out whats happening, Rey is down and out on the mat whilst the two Guerreros stare at each other.
In the video we see a taped interview with Lita who promises to be back next week but is healing up from the injuries she suffered in the Queen of the Bank match. She says that she gave it her all yet came up short. She congratulates Kim on her win but says that she deserves a shot at Mickie's title as well. She challenges Kim to a match next week with the Purse on the line!
Match 4 - MCMG (Shelley/Sabin) and ? vs Triple X (Low Ki/Skipper/Daniels)

MCMG enter to a big pop but without a third man much to the commentators surprise. Triple X then enter to huge boos, Skipper and Low Ki looking fired up to face their rivals whereas Daniels looks distracted.


  • The match is declared a handicap match and is a great contest
  • MCMG try to use their speed early on and it works initially until the numbers game catches up with them
  • From about the 8 minute mark Triple X dominate and utilize quick tags to isolate Chris Sabin
  • Both Skipper and Low Ki are the main destroyers and they seam unsure as to tagging in Daniels
  • At the 14 minute match, however, Daniels gets in and goes wild. BME follows up a spice rack before he goes for a Split legged moonsault... LIGHTS GO OUT!
[quote]The titontron comes on with a figure walking before a distorted voice says "My apologies for my lateness, but I was busy being Reborn" With this the pyro goes off and Suicide appears at the top of the ramp. Daniels tags himself out before running at Suicide who disappears back behind the curtain. We follow Daniels backstage through the curtain and Suicide has vanished. Daniels screams about Suicide before attacking a stage hand and hitting a Suicide Solution on him"

  • Meanwhile back in the ring Shelley has tagged himself in and hits a Shellshock on a bemused Low Ki..1....2........3!
Winners via Pinfall - MCMG (Alex Shelley and Chris Sabin)
Post match the action erupts again as MCMG and Triple X go at it as Low Ki screams that the match should have been stopped. Striker and Mathews cannot believe what happened and just how much Suicide has got Daniel's number. Striker asks who on earth could be under that mask?! The camera then cuts to where Daniels is leaving a trail of destruction looking for Suicide, he has attacked several other backstage staff. He grabs a camera before looking manically into it and screaming that "Suicide will Die!"
Carrying on backstage we see Alicia talking to Molly, Raquel and Melissa about earlier. She says that the power is going to Eve's head but they make her proud. Raquel says that next week their numbers will be strengthened as Mercedes will be back from her injuries. Eve then struts in and asks what on earth Alicia thinks she can achieve against her. Alicia says that come "The End of the Line" there will be only one GM who will have compete control over nXtreme. Eve laughs before telling Alicia that she will live to regret saying that. The two GM's square off before we head into a video package.
The package shows the Queen of nXtreme Elimination Chamber and the Queen of the Bank matches and the claim to the title that Lita, Natalya, Trish and Gail have. It finishes with Mickie being pronounced the Queen of nXtreme and how she is the Queen of the Mountain...
Main Event - Mickie James/Trish Stratus vs Gail Kim/Natalya Neidhart


  • A sensational tag team main event between the four Queens. The faces dominate early on using their slight speed advantage against Natalya
  • But Natalya suddenly takes down Trish with a powerslam out of nowhere changing the balance of power
  • The heels work together to isolate Trish with both Gail and Natalya looking strong and hitting several signature moves
  • At the 15 minute mark Natalya goes for Nattie-By-Nature but Trish reverses with a MaTrish followed by a Chick Kick.... the two divas crawl to their corners...
  • Both tags made and the crowd explodes! The Champ and Miss Money in the Bank going back and forth trading punches
  • Mickie and Gail counter wrestle for a few minutes until Mickie gets the advantage and hits a Mick-A-Rana, she goes for a MickDDT but Gail pushes her off...
  • Mickie off the ropes and goes for a Mick Kick.... Gail catches the leg! Happy Ending.... connects! 1....2..... KICKOUT!!!
  • Gail cannot believe it, she picks Mickie up... Eat Defeat.... Blocked! Long Kiss Goodnight connects! 1....2.....3... FOOT ON THE ROPE!
  • Mickie cannot believe it but the call is right! As she gets to her feet Gail makes a shock tag to Natalya before rolling from the ring. Mick Kick by Mickie to Natalya connects! 1...2......3!
Winners via Pinfall - The Team of Mickie James and Trish Stratus
Post match Mickie celebrates and asks for her title, on the outside Gail is stood on the announce booth holding both the Purse and the Title high in the air and the two Queen's stare each other down. Trish rolls in and holds Mickie's arm aloft whilst Natalya slowly recovers in the corner of the ring. Josh and Matt put over how crazy a night it has been once again and how they cannot wait to see what happens next week as the road to "The End of the Line" gathers pace. They wish us a good night before we are left with one more shot of Gail holding both the title and the purse aloft as Mickie and Trish stand with their arms held high in the ring.

Gregers

Posts : 15025
Join date : 2011-01-28
Age : 33
Location : Brighton, England

https://www.facebook.com/Gregers25

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Guest Mon 06 Aug 2012, 2:55 pm

Week 6
SCW vs. TAWA

WELCOME TO THE SNAKE PIT!

SCW comes onto air to a rapturous reception from the sold out Leicester crowd. The commentator welcomes us on board for an evening that will hopefully answer a lot of questions left by Salvation. He then hypes up hearing from the three players from the conclusion of the PPV, The Rock, HBK and Tommaso Ciampa and also hints at a few new faces throughout the evening.

Shawn Michaels’ music hits and he makes his way to the ring. He looks livid, as he talks about the Ironman match, “arguably the toughest match of my career” and how with two minutes to go, he had The Rock where he wanted him, flat out and a three count away from losing his title. There was going to be a crowning new era in this company… And then it happened… Tommaso Ciampa happened. Ciampa came out and robbed him of the chance, yet HBK has never even had an encounter with him. The two have never exchanged words, let alone there be any way for Michaels to provoke Ciampa in anyway…

Ciampa’s music hits and he makes his way to the top of the stage. He says that Michaels is naïve, bordering on stupid… How could he not expect it? Ciampa said that he’d make Salvation all about him. And he delivered. Now, it’s time to take SCW by storm, starting tonight. Ciampa reveals that tonights main event will be, by order of John Laurinaitis, ‘The Sicilian Psycopath’ Tommaso Ciampa vs. Shawn Michaels!

The segment concludes with the two men sharing a stare down.


Match 1
Sabu vs. Necro Butcher

The opening match allows the fans to see SCW’s first ever King of the Extreme, Sabu, as he faces off against one of his Salvation opponents, Necro Butcher.

It is an even affair, as both men show the strain of the extreme rules match.
Butcher controls for a period, as he strings together his stock offence, hitting an implant DDT that draws a two count.

Sabu shows his champion’s instinct and natural fighting spirit though, when he snatches back control, wriggling out of a Necro Bomb attempt and hitting an Arabian Piledriver.

From here on in, the champion dominates, hitting the Air Sabu (Heel kick into the corner) and then slaps on his variant of the Camel Clutch, dead centre of the ring, leaving Butcher no choice but to tap.

Post-match the commentator comments upon how good Sabu looked when he gained control and that it’d take a skilled performer to prize away the Extreme Title from "The Homicidal, Suicidal, Genocidal, Death–Defying Maniac".

Backstage, The Rock is seen with an interviewer. He talks about how he put on a show of a lifetime at Salvation, he outclassed HBK in every single way and is without a doubt the better man, the better wrestler and the rightful, irrespective of Tommaso Ciampa. The Rock had it covered before he decided to make his presence felt… Ciampa then walks into the shot and looks The Rock up and down, before looking at the world title. He looks at The Rock again, smiles and walks away, patting the World Title, leaving The Rock speechless as he watches after him.

Match 2
Richie Steamboat vs. Caprice Coleman

Before the match, Richie Steamboat has a microphone. He talks about how his father stole a victory from him at Salvation, and as a result deserved the beating he took after their match. He then looks into the camera and says “here’s to you daddy” before getting underway against Coleman.

It’s relatively quick match, as Steamboat goes through Coleman pretty quickly, finishing him off with a Sleeper Slam, similar to what he used on his father at Salvation. He gains the pin fall, and after the match looks to hit his fathers crossbody on Coleman as he’s about to get up, when Ricky Steamboat’s music hits and he rushes from the back, gunning for his son.
Steamboat Senior hits the ring, looking to get his hands on Richie, but Richie is wise to it, and bails, backing away, looking at his father smiling, as we head to the commercial, with Steamboat senior pointing at his son.

Match 3
Sandman vs. ????

Sandman hits the ring and the commentator talks about his credentials as a potential opponent to Sabu for the Extreme Title, talking of battles they’ve had in the past. We are then informed of Sandman facing a mystery debutant, who has had an affiliation with SCW before.

The lights go out and there is silence, until four words trigger the debutant’s theme…

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vLTGsPQGwvc

The crowd go wild for RVD’s return to SCW!

In the match, it starts as a close run affair, Sandman trying to stifle RVD’s quick attack, but eventually The Whole Dam Show’s educated feet are too much for the ECW, as RVD goes through his array of kicks.

A split legged moonsault draws a two count, but RVD isn’t finished there, hitting the rolling thunder and going up top and hitting the five star frog splash, covering for the three count.

Backstage, after the commercial, we see RVD cooling off, where he bumps into Sabu. They greet eachother warmly and reminisce about their ECW days together. RVD mentions some of their battles and then looks at The Extreme Title over Sabu’s shoulder and suggests having one more… Sabu laughs it off and walks away, RVD watching after him seriously.

Match 4
Drew McIntyre vs. Eddie Edwards

MVP is on commentary for this clash, as Edwards is allowed the chance to atone for McIntyre’s roll up victory at Salvation.

The Global Champion starts well, using his height and power advantage to keep Edwards at arm’s length, clotheslining Edwards to the mat and hitting a snap suplex to gain a two count.

He follows up the offence with a powerbomb, and then an inverted Alabama Slam, gaining another two count. He goes to goad MVP, and this gives Edwards time to regather.

McIntyre turns into a Boston Knee Party (Codebreaker) and Edwards follows up with a double stomp to McIntyre’s back, locking in an Achilles Lock. McIntyre is just able to reach the rope.

The ending comes when after regaining the initiative, McIntyre is able to set up Edwards for the Futureshock but is then distracted by MVP who jumps up onto the rope. McIntyre lets Edwards go to go and pacify MVP but is then rolled up by Edwards… 1……2……..3!

Edwards rolls from the ring as the Global Champion fumes, whilst MVP watches from ringside pleased with his distraction, as the commentator comments on how the Global Title scene looks like it may just be hotting up, somewhat.

After the commercial, John Laurinaitis is in the ring. He says that at Salvation, a great annoyance was removed from SCW, as a recap of the Orton/Sheamus is shown, with Sheamus getting punted by Orton at the end. Johnny reveals that Sheamus is gone from SCW for good, and introduces the man responsible: Randy Orton.

Orton’s music hits and he gets into the ring, shaking hands with Laurinaitis. Orton says that Sheamus was a distraction, a jealous distraction who just couldn’t handle seeing Johnny align himself with a better wrestler. And as a result, he was dealt with. Because really, Orton is the best. Even with the likes of The Rock, Shawn Michaels, even Tommaso Ciampa… Orton is the best damn thing in SCW. Some might even say that he’s the best there is, the be…

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-VMVSJEDBF8

The crowd erupt as Bret Hart walks out from the back, as Orton looks on stunned, looking to Laurinaitis for an explanation. Hart stands at the top of the ramp, soaking in the adulation of the sold out crowd before saying to Orton that he better think twice before finishing that sentence, because the last time Hart checked, there was only one man who had the right to say that he was the best there is, the best there was and the best there ever will be: The Excellence of Execution, Bret Hart.

Hart says he’s watched Orton, and he isn’t all that. Sheamus is bottom of the food chain compared to the Hitman. So if Orton really wants to put his claims to the test, then why not take on Bret Hart?! Hart doesn’t even give Orton a chance to answer, as he simply says I’ll be seeing you soon, and drops the microphone heading to the back, leaving Orton furious.


Main Event
Tommaso Ciampa vs. Shawn Michaels

The match is about to start, with both men not taking their eyes off one another when The Rock’s music hits. He makes his way towards the ring, SCW title over his shoulder and sets up a chair infront of the announce table and sits to watch.

The match starts and there is a lock up between the two men, Ciampa dominates and knees HB K in the stomach, whipping him to the rope, following in with a clothesline.

Ciampa takes control from there using his notable strength and agility to keep HBK reined in.

The Rock watches as Ciampa comes close a number of times and Ciampa shares an uneasy stare down with The Sicilian Psycopath as Ciampa once more looks at The Rock’s World Title.

HBK, though, is as experienced as they come, and is able to battle back, hitting a distracted Ciampa with a flying forearm, kipping up and then looking to The Rock, motioning the belt round his waist.

HBK goes on to dominate, hitting Ciampa with a few Flair-esque chops, and then back to bellying him for 2 count. He then goes up top for the Diving Elbow drop and nails it. Getting up and starting to tune the band as the crowd ramp it up. HBK once again looks to The Rock, causing The Rock to jump up on to the apron.

HBK punches The Rock after an exchange of words, and then turns back to face Ciampa but is met with a boot to the stomach… Project Ciampa!!! Ciampa pins… 1…………2………….3!

After the match, The Rock pushes Ciampa out the way and pulls HBK up, hitting him with a Rock Bottom. An enraged Ciampa grabs hold of The Rock and then hits him with a Project Ciampa as well, as SCW finishes with Ciampa stood over both icons, holding the SCW World Title.

Guest
Guest


Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Crimey Tue 07 Aug 2012, 12:33 pm

Week 6
VWE vs. MWF

The show kicks off highlighting the PPV from the other night, ending with the image of Austin Aries holding up the world championship. Norman Smiley welcomes us to the show and tells us that there were a lot of consequences from Violence. Perhaps the biggest is Booker T being removed from position of General Manager because of his involvement in the main event...to be replaced by Armando Estrada!

Armando Estrada walks out to boos as he gets into the ring, he tells VWE that he has been appointed because he's an intelligent, unbiased man...two things which Booker T wasn't. While some think that Estrada is here because of Umaga, they are wrong. Estrada is here as his own man and he will remain unbiased. His first act as General Manager is to make the main event a fatal four way for the no.1 contendership for the world title. It will be Bobby Roode vs. Umaga vs. two new major new signings! But first, Brock Lesnar and Booker T need to get over their feud and so will face off right now.

Brock Lesnar vs. Booker T

- Brock Lesnar is heavily booed as he gets to the ring, Booker T gets a huge cheer.
- The two men face off and Booker T gives it a good go, he tries with kick after kick, but Lesnar takes the blows without flinching. He kicks Booker hard in the chest and lifts him up hitting him with a sickening powerbomb.
- Booker T is put in a Brock Lock and starts tapping almost immediately. Brock keeps the hold locked in.

Norman Smiley says how sick Lesnar is, Booker has clearly had better days in the past and at the moment Lesnar is at his peak, he should pick on guys his own size, his own age. Suddenly there is a bang of pyrotechnics as Bobby Lashley steps out. He charges down the ramp and slides into the ring, Brock Lesnar releases the hold and readies himself for a fight, Bobby Lashley flies into the ring and spears Lesnar to the ground as the crowd are in shock. Lashley helps Booker T up.

The Beach Boys are in the ring for a title celebration. They joke about how Brodus Clay squashed Tajiri at Violence. They get the crowd laughing until the Fast and the Furious interrupt the celebration on the bottom of the ramp. They are accompanied by Brodus Clay. They say that they still have a rematch clause and they will use it at the next PPV to regain their tag team championships. Suddenly the New Age Outlaws arrive on the stage to huge cheers as the Fast and the Furious step back a bit. They say that the Fast and the Furious have had their chance, that they've been watching from afar and have been embarrassed by their attempts and that it's time for them to let the New Age Outlaws have their opportunity. The NAO leave to huge cheers.

Bobby Lashley vs. Brodus Clay

- Bobby gets huge cheers, while Brodus is booed as he comes out. Smiley says that this match is important for Lashley to show Lesnar that he means business after losing to Umaga.
- Brodus starts in control using his big frame to keep Lashley in the corners, eventually the MMA star manages to get some control with lots of hard rights, and then he impresses by lifting up and slamming Clay into the mat.
- Clay gets up in a fury and charges at Lashley but Bobby hits Clay with a spear and gets the 123.

Backstage Austin Aries is warming up as Bobby Roode comes into shot being booed, Roode asks Aries whether he has any idea who the two new guys will be. Aries says that he's heard lots of rumours, some better than others. Austin says that he doesn't care who walks out from backstage, that he is going to beat whoever becomes number one contender.

Umaga vs. Bobby Roode vs. ??? vs. ???

- Austin Aries is out on commentary for this match. Bobby Roode and Umaga are booed heavily when they come out. The first surprise is Sheamus! who gets a great positive reaction from the crowd, there are a few boos from the crowd though as he doesn't acknowledge the support. Bobby Roode is nodding is head, but this stops as his eyes widen in shock as the second surprise is James Storm! Roode is shaking his head as the crowd go crazy for Storm.
- The match starts and Roode is trying to avoid his former partner, Sheamus is in control as he fights Roode, Storm battles with Umaga. The Cowboy gets in control as he fights the Samoan and takes him down with a superkick, he then runs across and clotheslines Sheamus out of the ring and Roode is out of the ring to avoid Storm.
- Storm follows him and Aries and R.D. Evans question whether Storm came for the world title or to get Bobby Roode. Umaga and Sheamus are fighting in the centre of the ring.
- The match is very physical as they are both hitting each other hard, smashing each other into the mat.
- The finish comes when Sheamus groggily gets up and Umaga goes for the Samoan Spike but Sheamus catches him with the Brogue Kick and gets the pin.

The show ends with Aries standing at the commentary position holding the world title and Sheamus smiling in the ring making a title motion.

Crimey
Admin
Admin

Posts : 16490
Join date : 2011-02-14
Age : 30
Location : Galgate

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Guest Sun 12 Aug 2012, 1:09 pm

Week 8
NCWF vs RWA


Opening of show
The crowd give a good reaction to the opening of NCWF, but they quickly descend into boos as Jack Swagger walks down to the ring. Swagger parades around the NCWF World Title before addressing the crowd.

Swagger: Last week I proved why I am the dominant champion in NCWF by successfully defending my title against the so called “Excellence of Execution” Bret Hart. But after all that, it once again brings me to the question, who’s coming now? There is no-one on the NCWF roster who has the ability or tenacity to really test me.

The crowd start to give a mixed reaction as Wade Barrett walks out to the stage as Swagger looks on in shock. Barrett walks down to the ring and addresses Swagger.

Barrett: Sorry about that, but I’m fairly sure that you weren’t aware of my presence, otherwise you’d have known that the speech you just gave was complete rubbish. I was signed over here by the new regime, and seeing as they like big statements, I thought why not slap the taste out of the champions mouth.

Barrett slaps Swagger straight across the face as the two men go nose to nose, when the crowd give a huge pop as “Rowdy” Roddy Piper walks out onto the stage.

Piper: I’m fairly sure every fan in this arena was not only tired of being covered by Swagger’s saliva after saying “excellence”, but they were also tired of this macho horse *beep* from the two of you. If you want a challenger kid, he’s standing at the top of this ramp.

Swagger looks at Piper on the ramp, then at Barret in the ring and he smirks as he shakes his head at both men before leaving the arena to huge boos.


Match 1
Ivory vs. Tamina Snuka
1. Both Ivory and Tamina come out to good reactions from the crowd.
2. Tamina takes the early control with a faster offence, hitting a running cross-body for a two count.
3. Ivory fights back and uses a powerful attack to weaken Tamina, hitting a spinebuster for a close fall.
4. The fight goes back and forth until Tamina hits a stiff running clothesline, then goes for the Snuka splash, but Ivory is able to move out of the way, before rolling up Tamina to win the match.
5. After the match Ivory takes the Women’s Title and raises it in front of Tamina before handing it to here and leaves the ring.

Backstage Segment
Jack Swagger is seen backstage laughing to himself about the incident in the ring when he runs into Seth Rollins. Swagger greats Rollins like an old friend.

Swagger: Well if it isn’t the best boss that this place has ever had, how are you doing Seth... I mean sir? Did you see those two out there earlier trying to claim a title shot?

Rollins: I’m fine thanks Jack, and you know, as much as @ss kissing does make me feel like a boss, it does also give the impression that you are a snivelling coward, kind of like Bret was. Did I see what happened out in the ring? Of course I did, I am a part runner of this federation, which also means that I make the signings, and I decided that maybe you’re right in the fact you have no competition in the locker room, so I hired those two to NCWF.

Swagger: What?! You can’t do this to me, I’m an all American American, the best champion this company has ever had, the man who beat Bret Hart!

Rollins: I can do whatever I like, and I liked to screw you over. Don’t forget, we’ve been watching closely as you’ve informed everyone you have no competition, are you saying we are no competition for you?

Swagger: No... but...that’s not what I meant...

Rollins: Enjoy your two new number one contenders.

Rollins walks past Swagger who looks upset at the outcome of the conversation.


Match 2
Jerry Lynn vs. Brian Pillman
1. Jerry Lynn comes out to a good pop, Brian Pillman comes out with the Cruiserweight Title to huge heat.
2. Pillman takes the early advantage with cheap tactics, and then uses a quick attack to keep Lynn down, Pillman hits the flying elbow to Lynn for a close two count.
3. Lynn fights back into the match and slows the pace down and uses a technical offence to keep the advantage, hitting a tornado DDT for a close two count.
4. Lynn carries on the offensive and forces Pillman back into a corner, causing the referee to intervene, which gives Pillman an opening to undo the turnbuckle.
5. Lynn comes back in to attack Pillman, but Pillman lifts him into the air and then hits a flapjack to Lynn on the top turnbuckle. Pillman then makes the cover and gets the win.
6. Pillman smiles sadistically at Lynn as he raises the Cruiserweight title into the air and leaves the arena.


Backstage Segment
Brian Pillman is celebrating as he walks into the backstage area, when he is met face to face by Doug Williams. Williams looks at the Cruiserweight Title over Pillman’s shoulder before speaking.

Williams: Just because you can get a lucky victory over Lynn out there means nothing to me “psycho”. Just remember this, you’ve never been able to beat me, and sooner or later, I’m going to claim that title that I so richly deserve.

Pillman: You know what I find funny about you Doug? You think you’re better than everyone even when it’s been proven you aren’t. How many times have you had your @ss kicked in the NCWF arena and yet still come back to say you deserve my title belt. I tell you what, why don’t you go and talk to the Pure Bloods about your “deserved” title opportunity, in the meantime I... have to go now.

Brian Pillman laughs as he runs out of shot and Jerry Lynn runs in after him. Lynn is clearly tires after his match and Williams looks unimpressed at him, before the two men stare down and then walk away.


Match 3
Wade Barrett vs. El Mesias
1. El Mesias comes out to a good pop, Wade Barrett comes out to heat.
2. Mesias takes the early advantage, using a power based offence to keep Barrett on the back foot. Mesias hits a running powerslam for a close fall.
3. Barrett fights back into the match, focusing on the lower back of Mesias to try and keep him weakened and slow his offence. Barrett locks in a boston crab for a solid minute to weaken up Mesias.
4. Barrett goes for the Wastelands, but Mesias manages to fight out of it and then regains the advantage after a strong lariat.
5. Mesias measures up Barrett for the Straight to Hell, when suddenly Bully Ray runs to ringside. Mesias is distracted by Bully for a second before turning back to Barrett and running in, but Barrett is able to hit the Winds of Change side-slam and get the pinfall victory.
6. Barrett celebrates in the ring and then exits up the ramp as Bully taunts Mesias as he walks back up the ramp.

Backstage Segment
Bully Ray walks backstage and barges into the Pure Bloods office. Seth Rollins, Mike Bennet and Michael Elgin all looks up at Bully Ray, who clearly is annoyed.

Bully: Hey “boss”, nice first week at work, but I do have a bone to pick with you. You told me to go out and beat up Page last week and then good things will happen to me, title shots will come my way, but when I see the card this week, I’m facing him (Bully points at Elgin). I’m not trying to rock the boat here, but what are you trying to pull here?

Rollins: Do you know why I thought you could get the job done Bully? Because of this, you have the brash attitude, the confidence and the clear anger management issues, and I did indeed see you beat up DDP last week, but you didn’t get the job done did you? No, you lost to Page because you couldn’t keep your focus!

Bully: Hey! I couldn’t keep my focus because your goons couldn’t keep the match fair because somehow El Mesias manages to get involved. (Bennet and Elgin glare at Bully). Why don’t you look at your own problems in here rather than placing the blame on others.

Rollins: You know what Bully? I don’t like your tone or your attitude anymore. First of all, these aren’t my goons, we are equals in the Pure Bloods, equal above all others in this federation, including you. You think we need to sort out problems, maybe we should practice, I’ve already realised that if I want DDP roughed up properly, I need to do it myself this week, though Elgin and Bennet here could do with a punching bag, so how about you now face both of them, and oh no, you don’t have a tag partner, this is going to end badly for you.

Seth Rollins smiles at Bully Ray, who looks very angry as Michael Elgin and Mike Bennet start to stretch off, before Bully Ray quickly exits the room shouting expletives down the corridor.


Match 4
Bully Ray vs. Michael Elgin/Mike Bennet
1. Bully Ray comes out to major heat, Michael Elgin and Mike Bennet though come out to very loud heat.
2. Bully manages to gain the early advantage over Bennet using an all out offence, hitting power moves in an attempt to end the match early. Bully hits a piledriver but only gets a two count.
3. Bennet manages to get free of Bully and tags in Elgin, who then takes down the more tired Bully. Elgin uses power moves himself to soften up Bully, hitting a belly to belly suplex, before tagging back in Bennet.
4. Bennet then takes advantage of the beaten down Bully, hitting more technical moves, before finally hitting the Box-Office Smash to Bully, leaving him incapacitated. Bennet though motions in Elgin.
5. Elgin then lifts up Bully into a powerbomb position, before Bennet grabs Bully by the neck and head, and Elgin and Bennit hit a Powerbomb/Box-Office Smash combination to Bully. Bennet then covers Bully for the win.
6. Bennet and Elgin then celebrate as they go up the ramp, before El Mesias comes in through the crowd and gets into the ring. El Mesias kicks around the fallen Bully Ray before whispering something in Bully Ray’s ear and leaving up the ramp himself.


In Ring Segment
DDP comes out to the ring to a huge pop from the crowd. DDP comes down to the ring and the addresses the crowd.

DDP: For almost two months now, the Pure Bloods have tormented me week in and week out and in general, made my life a living hell. Then last week, they fired the two men that I stood with, but informed me that they had bigger plans for me. Now from what I can tell, that involves trying to beat me up more and more severely each week, well I’ll point out to them right now, I ain’t no quitter. You can send a Bully to get me, and I won’t stay down, the three of you can come and kick my teeth in, and I’ll just get back up and do the same back to you. Your decision to not fire me is going to cost you dearly, because I will not stop fighting until NCWF is rid of the three of you.

The crowd descend into boos as Seth Rollins walks out onto the stage applauding DDP. Rollins rolls in under the bottom rope and continues to applaud before backing into a corner and calling a referee out to the ring.


Main Event
DDP vs. Seth Rollins
1. The two men are fairly even at the start of the match until Rollins takes advantage, using his speed and technical prowess. Rollins gets a close fall after a stiff lariat.
2. DDP fights back into the match, and uses brawler tactics to rough up Rollins, before hitting a falling neckbreaker to get a two count.
3. Rollins again fights back in after countering a piledriver attempt from DDP. Rollins weakens DDP on the floor before hitting a running drop kick to a kneeling DDP, who kicks out just in time.
4. DDP manages to block a superkick attempt from Rollins, and once again starts to hit hard punches to the head and upper body of Rollins to weaken him. This time DDP is able to score with the piledriver, and only a foot on the rope from Rollins is able to save him.
5. The two men fight back and forth once again until DDP manages to knock down Rollins and then signals for the diamond cutter, when Michael Elgin and Mike Bennet come down to ringside.
6. DDP quickly jumps out of the ring seeing the danger and grabs a steel chair, warding off the other two Pure Bloods. DDP then rolls back in the ring and shrugs his shoulders before shrugging his shoulder and blasting Rollins in the head with the steel chair, leading to a DQ for Page.
7. Page continues the onslaught as Elgin and Bennet run in to save their partner but both get attacked with the steel chair in turn by Page, who then furiously starts punching the head of Rollins, trying to incapacitate him indefinitely.
8. Finally the numbers gain catches up with DDP as Elgin and Bennet get up and attack him from behind, before both men start to stomp on him in the corner. Bennet and Elgin then set up for the Powerbomb/Box-Office Smash finisher.
9. Suddenly there is a commotion in the crowd and Elgin and Bennet drop Page in the ring as suddenly a cheer rings out as Kevin Nash, Scott Hall and X-Pac, dressed in street clothes, jump the guard rail and head to the ring.
10. Elgin and Bennet quickly exit the ring and drag Rollins with them, as Nash, Hall and X-Pac stare them down as they exit up the ramp, before the three men standing in the ring make the Wolfpac sign as the show goes off air.

Guest
Guest


Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by ncfc_Tooze Sun 12 Aug 2012, 9:21 pm

SCW vs MWF
MWF TV S3 Ep7
Injury- Batista

Opening
After the opening Package, we cut to a view of outside the arena, A taxi pulls up and Paul Heyman steps out. He marches through the arena and makes his way down to the ring. when in the ring, he says that he is well and truly back, he says that Corino will face his Former tag team partner in Danny Collins tonight and it will be for Corino's Freeweight title, there will be a stipulation in the match which will be announced just prior to the match in the first of two main event quality matches. He also announces that the second main event quality match will be tag team action where Paul Burchill and Nigel Mcguinness will take on the team of SJK and world champion CM Punk.

Match 1- Super X cup- Taka Michinoku vs PAC

* This match is fought at a hard hitting fast pace
* Taka Attempts to go for the Michinoku driver early but PAC slides off the shoulders before hitting a flip dropkick
* The match is even early on , with neither man being able to gain an advantage
* Taka gradually uses his superior experience to gain an advantage
* He uses kicks and chops to stop PAC flying about
* Taka Hits a BrainBuster that gains him a 2 count
* Taka Hits a shining wizard to gain another 2 count
* PAC fights back into the match hitting a roundhouse kick
* PAC hits another Flip Dropkick to down Taka, long enough to climb the ropes
* PAC flys through the air connecting with the 720 splash to gain the 3 count

Winner by Pinfall gaining 3 points- PAC

Match 2- Sofia Cortez vs Britani Knight

* Knight uses pure aggression to stop Cortez getting into the match early on
* Knight Chops Cortez in the corner before lifting her onto the top turnbuckle and hitting a Superplex
* Cortez fights in to the match momentarily before Knight knees her in the stomach
* Knight hits the Code Red to gain the 3 count

Winner by Pinfall- Britani Knight

Post Match
Allison Danger hits the ring and attacks Knight, She hits the old school expulsion on her


Match 3- CM Punk and Sterling James Keenan vs Nigel Mcguinness and Paul Burchill

* This is a hard hitting affair
* SJK and Punk Dominate the early going, making tags in and out often and quickly
* Mcguinness manages to make a tag to Burchill who comes in and clears house
* after a few minutes of Burchill roughing up his opponents, Mcguinness tags back into the match
* SJK, Hits the MK Ultra on Mcguinness but only gains a 2 as Burchill saves his partner
* Burchill and Mcguinness now fight into the match again
* Burchill knocks Punk silly with several hard blows
* Burchill hits the C4 on Punk before tagging in Mcguinness
* Mcguinness goes for the Tower of London on Punk before SJK stops him, this brings Burchill into play again
* The 2 teams brawl and the ref has no choice but to call for the bell and make the match a double DQ

Result- Double DQ

Pre Main Event
Both men have made there way to the ring before the old ECW theme hits and Paul Heyman makes his way to the ring. He announces that the match will be a falls count anywhere match, Corino stares at Heyman as he turns back round Collins hits him with a stiff lariet, before booting away at the body of Corino

Main Event- Falls Count Anywhere Match for The Freeweight Title- Danny Boy Collins vs Steve Corino (C)

* The Ref calls for the bell and the match officially begins
* Collins Continues to boot away at Corino before going to the outside and bringing in a chair
* Collins sets it up in the centre of the ring before whipping Corino across the ring and hits a Drop Toe Hold, sending Corino's Head into the chair opening up a nasty looking cut
* Collins Works over the cut, before sending Corino over the top rope to the floor.
* A brawl now starts and the 2 men go through the crowd
* Corino gains an advantage when he throws Collins through a fire door, He grabs a crutch and as Collins comes back through he smashes him in the ribs.
* Corino Piledrives Collins through the merchandise table gaining a 2 count
* The action now goes back and forth
* Collins throws Corino into a row of seats
* As Collins looks to take advantage, SJK rushes through the fire exit and levels him with a chain. He places Corino on top of Collins and The Ref Counts to three.

Winner by Pinfall and Still Freeweight Champion- Steve Corino

Post Match


SJK picks up Corino and Walks him to the ramp, Corino Smiles through the blood on his face as we come to a close

ncfc_Tooze
Global Moderator
Global Moderator

Posts : 9235
Join date : 2011-01-25
Age : 33
Location : North Walsham,Norfolk

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Gregers Sun 12 Aug 2012, 11:24 pm

Week 8

nXtreme vs TAWA

Injury: Low Ki

We go live to the Brighton Arena as the pyro goes off and the crowd cheers. Matthews and Striker start to welcome us to the show, they tell us that tonight we should hopefully start to get some answers to what happened last week. They are interrupted by LayCool and Eve Torres. The trio get huge boos as they make their way down the ramp. Eve says that last week her Queen's here got embarrassed and that she is not prepared for that to happen again which is why she is making it clear right here right now that your either with us or against us. She says that any Queen's who align themselves with that imposter GM Alicia Fox. She says that tonight she is challenging Alicia to find two Queen's who can go in the ring with the mighty LayCool. She then says that Alicia better have an answer for her after tonights opening match!

We then go backstage to where Christopher Daniels is seen surrounded by security. He says that last week Suicide may have got the upper hand but that when he gets his hands on him then Suicide will seam the easy way out. He then says that tonight he has an opportunity to take a step towards vanquishing Suicide as well as moving towards the nXt Factor Title. Daniels then screams that he was right all along but that he promises to reveal whoever thinks that they are clever by being under the mask. He then screams Suicide before attacking the Security guards. He is soon restrained but all he does is continue to scream Suicide over and over.

Match 1 - nXt Factor Ladder Match Qualifying Match - Chris Sabin vs Akira Kawabata


  • A fast paced match due to the two wrestlers styles
  • The match goes back and forth throughout until the 11 minute mark when Sabin gets the advantage
  • This happens when Sabin counters the Lightning Flash into a Bum Rush
  • Sabin then proceeds to hit all of his signature moves to the delight of the crowd
  • The Over Easy gets a very near two count before he puts him away with the Cradle Shock
Winner via Pinfall - Chris Sabin

Post match Sabin celebrates as his teammate and the current nXt Factor title Alex Shelley rolls in and raises his friends arm. Suddenly the titontron bursts into action and we see Triple X (Low Ki and Elix Skipper). They say that the Guns will regret the moment that they embarrassed Triple X. They say that they will guarantee that the days of the Guns are coming to an end. Triple X will climb to the top of the mountain.

Cutting to a different part of backstage we see JBL complaining that he has no competition and after last week when he destroyed that young kid Riley's dreams he can see why. He starts to leave the arena when he bumps into Eddie Guerrero. Eddie says that if JBL hadn't noticed he is the number 1 contender so he is the competition. JBL laughs and says that just like the last immigrant that faced him Eddie will be swatted like a fly. Eddie says that John should probably focus on where the next attack is coming from. The two rivals have a stare down before JBL barges past him.

We then cut back to ringside where LayCool and Eve are back in the ring. Eve starts to speak before Alicia's music hits and out she comes with both Raquel Diaz and Molly Holly. Eve and Alicia glare each other down as our second match begins

Match 2 - LayCool (Michelle McCool/Layla El) vs Raquel Diaz/Molly Holly


  • A hard hitting match with the animosity obvious throughout
  • The match goes back and forth early on until the 6 minute mark when Layla hits Raquel from behind whilst the referee is dealing with Michelle
  • This allows LayCool to dominate preventing Raquel from making the tag
  • However the plucky little Queen will not give in even when Michelle locks her in the MADT
  • Raquel fights and fights and makes it to the ropes, as she does Layla distracts the referee allowing Eve Torres to slap Raquel in the face through the ropes.
  • Alicia sees this and charges around the ring before jumping onto Eve as Striker yells "Catfight!"
  • In all the confusion Raquel manages to tag in Molly who clears house, Molly-Go-Round to Michelle! Molly-Bomb to Layla! She turns back to Michelle
  • Molly picks her up to go for the Twin City Twister... The referee stops her as he didn't see the tag!
  • On the outside security has managed to pull the two co-GMs apart from one another.
  • She protests but does leave, this allows Michelle to pick up a prone Raquel.... Wings of Love! 1......2.........3!
Winners via Pinfall - LayCool
Post match Molly slides into the ring causing LayCool to go the outside as they stare each other down two figures appear behind Molly and start to attack. Its Victoria and Candice Michelle! They stomp away on her as LayCool go to re-enter. Suddenly Mercedes Martinez and Cheerleader Melissa bomb down to ringside to even the numbers up. The heels rush out of the ring and the two groups of 4 are joined by their respective GM. Matthews and Striker put over how the Queen's are fully divided now!

Going backstage we see Lita arriving at the arena. She says that she is so glad to be back this week and to face Mickie James in the main event no less. She says that she should have been the Queen of the Bank but she underestimated Gail. She then says that this week she is here to prove why she should be number one contender!

We then see Daniels being escorted through the backstage area as the lights flicker he is still shouting about Suicide. As he rounds the corner one of the security guards stops and bends down to tie a shoelace. As the camera zooms in the man looks up and we see that under the hat is... SUICIDE!

Match 3 - nXt Factor Ladder Match Qualifying Match - Christopher Daniels vs Monty Brown


  • A match that Daniels absolutely dominates.
  • Despite Brown's size advantage he can hardly get an attack in as Daniel's intensity is too much
  • He keeps screaming about Suicide throughout
  • At the 8 minute mark Daniels hits the Angel's Wings but as he goes for the pinfall "He is Reborn" screams out and Daniels turns to look at the titontron
On the screen Suicide is seen sitting in Daniel's locker room. Suicide says that at "The End of the Line" the creation will destroy the master. Suicide says that Daniels has no idea of how deep this runs. Suicide then says that at this moment he will leave Daniels with one word... Move!

  • Back in the ring Daniels screams at Suicide before realizing the match is still going on, he turns around just as Brown is charging at him with the pounce
  • Daniels Moves to one side before catching Brown as he bounces back off the ropes... DOA! 1.....2........3!
Winner via Pinfall - Christopher Daniels

Post match Striker says Daniel's won with Suicides finisher. Mathews says enough of that as Daniels has snapped once more. Daniels is still screaming Suicide's name and continues the assault on Brown before his escort tries to restrain him. He takes them out on by one using moves that Suicide is known for. The scene ends with Daniels screaming Suicide once more as he stands on the top rope leaving a heap of bodies in the ring.
Going backstage we see Sin Cara making his way to the ring. He stops for an interview, Cara says "La semana pasada, los latinos fueron abandonados por uno de sus héroes. Esta semana tengo que enseñarle una lección de cómo hacemos las cosas al sur de la frontera. Después de todo Rey, demostró por qué él no puede hacer frente a esta plaga. Yo soy la verdadera leyenda de México, soy un campeón apropiado. Mística o Sin Cara, llámame lo que quieras. Exijo respeto, exijo un combate por el título, exijo a ser reconocido como el rey de la lucha libre." Cara then walks off leaving the interviewer perplexed.

We then cut to a video showing highlights of the Chamber and last weeks main event, this then fades into an interview with Trish in which she says how she should be number one contender to the Queen's title. She finishes it by saying that although Mickie is a friend she wouldn't hold back to put her name in legend as the Queen of nXtreme!

In the parking lot we see JBL just about to get into his limo before he notices the camera. JBL points to his two title belts before saying that it is pointless him staying here tonight with the only people willing to fight him being immigrants. He then challenges any of those Mexican jumping beans to meet him in the ring next week where he will prove just how much of a Wrestling God he is. He finishes by saying that "At the end of the Line" he will still be standing on top of the mountain as both the nXtreme World and Legends champion. Afterall with Eddie as number one contender to the World Title he has nothing to worry about and there is no one here except him who could possibly be considered a Legend! We then fade out as JBL enters his limo and leaves the arena.
Match 4 - Eddie Guerrero vs Sin Cara


  • A fast paced Lucha style match at least early on
  • The commentators put over how this match is a dream come true for Mexican fans
  • At the 7 minute mark Eddie gets the advantage as he catches Cara with a suplex as the high flyer comes off the top
  • This allows Eddie to dominate by grounding Cara for the next few minute
  • However, Cara manages to get back into it as he fights out of the Three Amigos before hitting a big moonsault for a nearfal
  • The match continues to be back and forth until the 15 minute mark, at this point Cara goes for La Mistica off the tope before being caught by a lowblow by Eddie out of sight of the referee
  • Cara falls like a stone from the top rope, Eddie looks emotionless as the crowd boos before doing the shuffle and hitting the frogsplash
  • He goes for the pin....1.......2..... A man slides in and attacks Eddie! ITS REY! REY IS BACK!
No Contest through interference

Rey assaults Eddie with punch after punch before he leaps up to go fist to fist with Chavo who has run to the ring. Rey and Chavo trade punches before Rey starts to get the advantage.... LOW BLOW BY EDDIE FROM BEHIND! Gory Bomb by Chavo onto Rey. Chavo winks at Eddie who looks on emotionless. Striker wonders which Guerrero is the mastermind behind this whilst Matthews says that maybe Eddie's instincts are just too much. The scene ends with Rey and Cara down on the mat as Eddie leaves up the ramp and Chavo poses on the top rope whilst shouting "Once a Guerrero, always a Guerrero" at Eddie

Goung backstage we see Mickie warming up for tonights Main Event. She says that tonight she faces a tough battle against one of the best in the business in Lita yet she cannot focus just on her. She says that as long as Gail holds the Purse she will not be safe. She then says that as champion she has a huge target painted on her back and everyone is gunning for her.

We then have a vignette for Natalya Neidhart about how she was the original Queen of nXtreme. How she will return to the top of the mountain and there is nothing that Mickie or anyone else can do to stop her. She will destroy the rest of the Queen's, no one can stop her!

Back at ringside Striker and Matthews put over how huge tonights main event is. Two legends of Queen's wrestling facing off one on one.
Main Event - Mickie James vs Lita


  • A stunning main event between two of the greatest Women's wrestlers. The match itself goes over 18 minuted of back and forth action with both Queen's showcased to the max
  • Early on the match is fast paced but it slows down around the 5 minute mark as both Queen's try to take control
  • Mickie manages to grab command as she reverses a Litabomb into a modified Mick-a-rana.
  • This allows Mickie to dominate and ground her rival for several minutes until Lita blocks a Mickie-DT... Lita DDT.... NO! Mick Kick connects!
  • 1.....2....... Kickout! The crowd cannot believe it! Mickie picks Lita up and pulls her to the corner looking for a Stratusfaction.... Lita fights back as the crowd explodes once more
  • The two Queen's exchange punches on the top rope... Lita gets the advantage and flips Mickie over her back onto the ring. Lita looks at the adoring crowd before jumping off as the flashbulbs go. Moonsault connects! 1......2...... NO!
  • Lita cannot believe it and picks up Mickie, Twist of Fate.... Blocked! Big Lou Thesz press by Mickie as she bursts back into the match. She goes for the Long Kiss Goodnight before stopping suddenly...
Mickie pauses as on the stage Gail Kim is standing, she glares down at Mickie before raising the Purse and blowing a kiss at Mickie. Striker says that Mickie mentioned having eyes in the back of her head. Matthews says Gail has no right to be out here. Striker says she's Miss Money in the Bank, she can do what she wants!

  • The distraction causes Lita to be able to wriggle free. Reverse Twist of Fate! 1.....2...........3!
Winner via Pinfall - Lita
Post match Matthews shouts that Lita just pinned the champion! Striker says never mind that Gail is incoming! Gail runs down to the ring before raising the purse high in the air before walking towards the referee. She gets cut off by Lita who says "Not this way Gail, show some Goddamn respect!" Gail laughs and says that if she showed respect then she wouldn't be Miss Money in the Bank. Lita says she thought Kim might say that and pushes her. The two Queen's start to go back and forth which allows Mickie to roll from the ring and grasp the title close to her on the outside. Kim manages to get the upper hand and dumps Lita to the outside before realizing that the moment for cashing in has gone. The show ends with the commentators putting over how Lita saved Mickie there and how Gail Kim's cash in was thwarted this week but she'll be a constant wildcard until that contract has been cashed in! The camera focuses on Kim standing in the ring holding the purse high in the air as Mickie is helped to her feat by Lita on the outside and she raises the Queen of nXtreme title high above her head. The three Queen's stare each other down as we fade to the credits.

Gregers

Posts : 15025
Join date : 2011-01-28
Age : 33
Location : Brighton, England

https://www.facebook.com/Gregers25

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by sodhat Mon 13 Aug 2012, 1:45 pm

Week 8

TAWA vs nXtreme

Injury: Mr Anderson

Joey Styles welcomes us to TAWA and recaps that John Cena is the new number 1 contender to Mr Anderson’s TAWA Championship…as he finishes we hear John Cena’s music hit and out he comes to a mixed reaction.

Cena says he is glad to be back at the top. He’s been used to being the main man, the showpiece for almost all his career, and the fans better get used to it because he isn’t going anywhere. He says he doesn’t much care what the fans think of him anymore. He’s been a good guy, full of respect, and for what? A bunch of idiots to boo him whenever he appears and tell him he sucks whenever he wrestles. They can think what they want of his style – he’s a multi time world champion, and it’s a matter of time before he knocks Anderson off his pedestal.

This brings Mr Anderson to the stage to a pop, as he holds the TAWA belt over his shoulder. He says he isn’t competing tonight, but he wishes he was. He doesn’t want to wait to face Cena because he knows he can beat him, and he knows he could do it right now. He can’t wait to hear the fans rejoice when he pins him and sends him packing to wherever the hell he came from. He’s in Anderson’s territory now, and he’s not going to be the poster boy here. He’s just another brick in the wall.

The fans cheer Anderson at this point and Cena claps sarcastically from the ring. He says he used to play up to the fans too. The fickle, stupid, greedy fans. They’ll turn on you one day, no matter what you do, they get bored of you and kick you to the curb. Cena says Anderson ought to spend more time worrying about the challenge ahead of him, and less about getting cheers. Cena says he has a match to prepare for, but he’ll be seeing Anderson soon enough…

Joey Styles says Cena seems focused on winning, and winning alone. Next up though, the tag team champions are back in action.

Match 1: The Young Bucks vs The British Bulldogs

The Young Bucks come out to a pop and they are followed by the Bulldogs, and we are ready to get underway in this non-title match.

• Matt starts out and exchanges mat moves with Dynamite.
• Dynamite gets on top and starts to grind Matt down before tagging in Davey.
• Davey shows off some power moves and the Bulldogs are tagging frequently to keep the pressure on.
• Dynamite is countered on a running splash to the corner and Matt is able to get to Nick with the tag.
• Nick comes in fresh and clotheslines Dynamite before keeping him off balance with fast paced offensive moves.
• They exchange control and eventually hit each other with a double clothesline mid-ring. They slowly roll their separate ways to get their partners in.
• Matt is too quick for Davey and he gets a close pin before keeping up the pressure.
• Matt goes top rope looking for a big move but unseen to the referee, Dynamite pulls the rope down as he jumps and he loses balance.
• Davey capitalises, picks him up and ends it with a running powerslam.

Winners by pinfall: The British Bulldogs

The Bulldogs are booed as they raise each others arms and back up the ramp. Styles says that was the first defeat for The Young Bucks in TAWA…

Next up we will be crowning a new Champ!

Match 2: Brooklyn Brawler vs Kenta vs Mike Quackenbush vs Doink the Clown for the TAWA Jobbers Championship

All four competitors come to the ring, each looking confident as they take a corner. We get the bell…

• It’s a massive brawl to begin with and all four men are piling into each other with punches and kicks with no one seeming to get the upper hand.
• Eventually Quackenbush rolls out of the ring and takes a breather and he’s followed by the Brawler where they resume on the outside.
• In the ring, Kenta is in control of Doink until Doink pokes him in the eye and wedgies him. Doink tries to go for a DDT but Kenta reverses into a back drop but is more interested in sorting his pants out to go for a pin.
• Outside Brawler is driving Quackenbush’s head into the announce table and he starts posturing when he’s hit with a drop toe hold driving his face into the announce table.
• Quackenbush rolls back into the ring and Kenta turns around into a kick and then a piledriver. The ref counts down but Doink is able to break it up. Kenta rolls out of the ring.
• Quackenbush and Doink are left going at it and Quackenbush is too good for Doink. He takes Doink down with a piledriver and goes to lock in a chikara special but the Brawler is back up and he throws Quackenbush out over the top.
• Brawler is left with all others down and he picks Doink up by the head and tries to set up a sidewalk smash, but Doink counters and rolls Brawler up to get a shock three as Quackenbush slides in the ring in vain.

Winner by pinfall: Doink the Clown

Doink is handed the brand new Jobbers Championship and he celebrates in the ring as the Brawler looks furious at the loss.
Backstage we see the Bulldogs with Teddy Long. They say they just beat the tag champs and they demand they be given a chance to win the titles. Teddy says maybe they did beat them, but it wasn’t a satisfactory finish. He says next week they will each face one of the Young Bucks one on one, and if they win both, they get their shot. But if either man loses, they’re back in the line.

Match 3: Owen Hart vs Raven

Owen Hart is out first to boos from the crowd and he tells them all to shut their mouths. Raven comes out next, still not looking 100% from the PPV. Joey Styles says Owen demanded this match because he wants to stay in match shape…

• Owen starts fast and goes with some very impressive technical wrestling to ground Raven. He starts posturing at the crowd and they boo, but Raven takes advantage and turns it into a brawl.
• They go outside and Raven continues to beat Owen. He goes for an irish whip to the steps but is reversed and clatters the steel steps with his knees.
• Raven is having trouble getting up and Owen slowly picks him up and hits hit with vicious punches. He rolls him back to the ring.
• Owen shouts ‘are you watching Chris?’ and starts to pummel Raven in the corner.
• The ref is counting five and trying to break Owen away, but Owen pushes the ref down and continues.
• The ref calls for the bell and as he does, Owen takes him down and locks in a sharpshooter on him.

Winner by DQ: Raven

Other refs swarm the ring trying to get Owen off but they can’t. The crowd pops as Benoit runs in and him and Owen go at it. The refs try and separate them but struggle and when they do, Owen is busted open and they struggle to get at each other as they are pulled away.
Joey says these two men will have to settle their differences soon, and they look like they might seriously hurt each other…

Backstage we see Jericho sat down. Mark Henry comes into the locker room and tells Jericho he is a loser. Henry says Jericho is all talk and he needs to be taught a lesson. Henry says he would have won that match if it was one on one with Cena, would Jericho? No. Jericho doesn’t win anymore, he just talks.

Jericho turns to face Henry and says as far as he recalls, he wasn’t the one counted down 1,2,3 last week. He says if Henry has a problem with him they can talk it over another time. He’s taking on Cena one on one tonight himself, and it looks like Henry is the one who’s doing nothing but talking. Jericho says he will beat Cena and force his way back into a title match. He says he will get Henry a ringside seat when he does, so he can eat his words.

Match 4: Hunico vs Kozlov

Joey Styles recaps last weeks tag match and how Hunico attacked Santino last week. He says Santino isn’t here, but Kozlov is and he wants revenge…

Kozlov comes out looking serious to a pop. There is a long pause and Hunico’s music hits and he comes to the ramp with a mic.

Hunico says he isn’t taking on Kozlov tonight. He says he has nothing more to prove, he is the number 1 contender to the Domestic Title and he wants his shot fair and square. He doesn’t want to be injured by an inferior wrestler before then. As he turns to leave, Teddy Long appears on the screen and tells Hunico that he has to compete tonight so he better get in the ring so they can ring the bell – or he doesn’t get his shot at all.

Hunico smiles and says ok, and as he walks towards the ring Epico and Primo jump the barriers and beat Kozlov down from behind, really stomping away. Kozlov is left prone as they exit and Hunico climbs in. He demands the bell be rung…they all heard Teddy’s orders…
The ref looks conflicted but has to ring the bell. Hunico puts a foot on Kozlov and the ref counts 3.

Winner by pinfall: Hunico

Latin America gather in the ring and throw Kozlov to the outside and link arms as their music plays.

Match 5: John Cena vs Chris Jericho

Jericho is out first and he is warmly received. Cena follows and the mixed reaction is beginning to be outright boos. He doesn’t acknowledge the crowd and just gets in the ring.

• They go through a test of strength and Cena wins, and then they lock up and exchange headlocks.
• Eventually Cena overpowers Jericho and hits a string of familiar moves to heavy boos and chants of boring.
• Cena ignores it and hits a five knuckle shuffle without any of the theatrics.
• Jericho kicks out of the pin and while Cena tries to methodically pick him up he is able to counter with a surprise flurry and a DDT to Cena.
• Jericho looks to take advantage and hits a series of moves but can’t keep Cena down. He looks frustrated but suplexes Cena and goes for a lionsault.
• Cena rolls away in time and Jericho bounces on the canvas. They get up slowly and Jericho tries to go for a codebreaker to end it, but Cena catches him and shows immense strength to load him on his shoulders for an AA.
• Cena hits it, but instead of going for the pin, he gets Jericho in an STF, and Jericho has to tap.

Winner by submission: John Cena

Cena takes his time letting go of the hold before standing up, and walking up the ramp, not looking at the crowd or back at the ring. The last image is him disappearing behind the curtain as Styles thanks us for watching.

sodhat

Posts : 22236
Join date : 2011-02-28
Age : 35
Location : London

Back to top Go down

Tactic Submission - Season 3  Empty Re: Tactic Submission - Season 3

Post by Sponsored content


Sponsored content


Back to top Go down

Page 1 of 2 1, 2  Next

Back to top

- Similar topics

 
Permissions in this forum:
You cannot reply to topics in this forum